WO2022171010A1 - Communication method, optical signal switching apparatus, and communication system - Google Patents

Communication method, optical signal switching apparatus, and communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022171010A1
WO2022171010A1 PCT/CN2022/074692 CN2022074692W WO2022171010A1 WO 2022171010 A1 WO2022171010 A1 WO 2022171010A1 CN 2022074692 W CN2022074692 W CN 2022074692W WO 2022171010 A1 WO2022171010 A1 WO 2022171010A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
electrical
optical signal
optical
transmitters
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/074692
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄远达
张阔
李良川
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022171010A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022171010A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q11/00Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
    • H04Q11/0001Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
    • H04Q11/0062Network aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B10/00Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
    • H04B10/40Transceivers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q11/00Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q11/00Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
    • H04Q11/0001Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
    • H04Q11/0062Network aspects
    • H04Q2011/0086Network resource allocation, dimensioning or optimisation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method, an optical signal switching device, and a communication system.
  • Current communication systems include multiple communication nodes and multi-stage switches. For communication between any two communication nodes, the data sent by the transmitter of the source communication node needs to be transmitted to the switch of the destination communication node through at least one switch.
  • the communication node and the switch are connected by optical fibers, every time the optical signal carrying data sent by the transmitter passes through a switch, the switch needs to perform a photoelectric conversion on the received optical signal, and then convert the optical signal through an electro-optical conversion. issue.
  • the data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver often needs to go through a multi-hop switch, which causes a large communication delay between the communication nodes in the communication system.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, an optical signal switching device, and a communication system.
  • the communication delay in the communication system can be reduced.
  • the technical solution is as follows:
  • the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system may be a vehicle-mounted communication system, a data center system, an Internet of Things system or an industrial interconnection system.
  • the communication system includes: N transmitters, M receivers and optical signal switching devices, where N and M are both positive integers greater than 1.
  • N transmitters is used for sending a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device.
  • the optical signal switching device is used for converting N-channel first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N-channel first electrical signals.
  • a second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals.
  • the second optical signal is broadcast to the M receivers.
  • the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the N-channel first optical signals.
  • Each of the M receivers is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulate the second optical signal.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receivers. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver. Therefore, the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver is reduced.
  • the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources.
  • the each receiver is used in the raw data carried in the second optical signal. Acquire raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  • point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized.
  • the number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
  • the original data from different transmitters corresponding to different electro-physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources.
  • the process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters. The following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device.
  • Centralized data processing can be achieved by centrally establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources through the optical signal switching device, which is convenient for management.
  • the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same.
  • the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to electrical physical resources.
  • the optical signal exchange device includes: N photoelectric conversion modules, N resource modulation modules, an optical signal generation structure and a broadcast structure.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters.
  • the N resource modulation modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules are different.
  • the optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received.
  • the broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
  • the aforementioned electrical physical resources are different from optical carriers, and the electrical physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios.
  • the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different.
  • This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
  • the physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the principle of Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA).
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules are configured to perform carrier modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • each receiver is further used for: converting the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulating the analog signal by using the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain the demodulated signal. analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • the sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to perform carrier modulation on the digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a subcarrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal.
  • the digital signal is mapped (also called loading) on the corresponding sub-carrier.
  • the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier is then converted into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal.
  • the subcarriers corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules are different, and any two subcarriers are orthogonal.
  • each receiver is further used for: converting the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulating the analog signal by using the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain the demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • the sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver are in one-to-one correspondence with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource.
  • the communication system communicates based on the principle of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code, such as a two-level sequence electrical signal.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used for performing spread spectrum modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • each receiver is further used to: convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver (ie, an analog spread spectrum code) for the analog signal. ) to demodulate to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain decoded digital signal.
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code, such as a digital sequence.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal.
  • the digital signal is encoded with a corresponding spread spectrum code to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal.
  • the spread spectrum digital signal is then converted into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules are different, and any two spreading codes are orthogonal.
  • each receiver is further used to: convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver (ie, an analog spread spectrum code) for the analog signal. ) to demodulate to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain decoded digital signal.
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
  • the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter.
  • the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources.
  • the optical signal exchange device includes: N photoelectric conversion modules, an optical signal generating structure and a broadcasting structure, and the N photoelectric conversion modules correspond to the N transmitters one-to-one respectively.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
  • the optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received.
  • the broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
  • the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resource is a subcarrier, the original data is a digital signal. The relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different subcarriers is established by the transmitters. Then each transmitter is further configured to generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier after the digital signal is mapped on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter, and the N The subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters in the transmitter are different, and any two of the subcarriers are orthogonal. Each receiver is also used to convert the second optical signal to an analog signal.
  • the analog signal is demodulated by using a radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; the demodulated analog signal is converted into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • the sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource
  • the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle.
  • the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code
  • the original data is a digital signal.
  • the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different spreading codes is established by the transmitters.
  • each transmitter is also used to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter.
  • the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal.
  • Each receiver is also used to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulate the analog signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, analog spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; The analog signal is then converted into a digital signal.
  • each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, and the analog signal into a digital signal.
  • the digital signal is decoded by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to obtain a decoded digital signal.
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
  • the optical signal generating structure includes: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator.
  • the electrical coupler is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals.
  • the optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the photoelectric conversion module includes: a photodetector and an amplifier.
  • the photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier.
  • the amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  • the amplifier is a Trans-Impedance Amplifier (TIA).
  • TIA Trans-Impedance Amplifier
  • the light detector may be a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector or the like.
  • the optical detector may be a coherent receiver.
  • the present application provides an optical signal switching device.
  • the optical signal switching device includes a conversion structure, an optical signal generating structure and a broadcasting structure.
  • the conversion structure is used to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received.
  • the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal.
  • the broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to M receivers.
  • the M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources.
  • the process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters, and the following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the conversion structure includes: N photoelectric conversion modules and N resource modulation modules.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters.
  • the N resource modulation modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module.
  • the N resource modulation modules are used to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules are different.
  • the conversion structure includes: N photoelectric conversion modules.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
  • the electrical coupler is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals.
  • the optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the photoelectric conversion module includes: a photodetector and an amplifier.
  • the photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier.
  • the amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  • the light detector is a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector.
  • the amplifier is a TIA.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including: each of the N transmitters sends a first optical signal to an optical signal switching apparatus, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generates one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and broadcasts the second optical signals
  • the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal
  • M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Each of the M receivers receives the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulates the second optical signal.
  • the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources.
  • the process of demodulating the second optical signal includes: each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  • the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources.
  • the process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters.
  • the following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same.
  • the process that the optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals, converting The first electrical signal is modulated on a corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
  • the physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to perform carrier modulation on an analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal exchange
  • the device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to perform carrier modulation on a digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a subcarrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device converts the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, and the digital signal Mapping (also called loading) on the corresponding sub-carrier, and then converting the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal by each receiver includes: : Corresponding to the first implementation of the first example, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; the analog signal is demodulated by using a radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal ; Convert the demodulated analog signal to a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtains a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • the sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource.
  • the communication system communicates based on the CDMA principle.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to perform spread spectrum modulation on an analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code , the modulated first electrical signal is obtained. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to perform spread spectrum modulation on a digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal exchange device converts the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, and uses a corresponding expansion
  • the frequency code encodes the digital signal to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal, and then converts the spread spectrum digital signal into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal.
  • the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal by each receiver includes: : Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulates the analog signal with the spread spectrum code (ie, analog spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; demodulates the analog signal after demodulation The signal is converted to a digital signal. Or, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; decodes the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain the decoded signal digital signal.
  • a spread spectrum code ie, a digital spread spectrum code
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver.
  • the two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
  • the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter.
  • the raw data is associated with different electro-physical resources at the N transmitters.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device does not need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources.
  • the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resource is a subcarrier, the original data is a digital signal. Then each transmitter generates the first optical signal in the following manner: after each transmitter maps the digital signal on the sub-carrier corresponding to the transmitter, based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier The first optical signal is generated. Subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters among the N transmitters are different, and any two of the subcarriers are orthogonal.
  • each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; and acquires a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • the sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource
  • the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle.
  • the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code
  • the original data is a digital signal.
  • each transmitter generates the first optical signal in the following manner: each transmitter encodes the digital signal into a spread-spectrum digital signal using a spread-spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter.
  • the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal.
  • each receiver converts the second optical signal to an analog signal. Convert this analog signal to a digital signal.
  • the digital signal is decoded by using the spread spectrum code (ie, digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain the decoded digital signal.
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver.
  • the two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
  • the present application provides a communication method.
  • the communication method includes: converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • a second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals.
  • the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal.
  • the second electrical signal is converted into a second optical signal.
  • the second optical signal is broadcast to M receivers.
  • the M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals sent by the N transmitters are the same.
  • the process of converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the first electrical signal is modulated on a corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
  • the present application provides a communication apparatus, the communication apparatus may include at least one module, and the at least one module may be used to implement the above third aspect or various possible implementations of the communication method provided by the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication apparatus.
  • the communication apparatus may include at least one module, and the at least one module may be used to implement the communication method provided by the fourth aspect or various possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device includes: a photoelectric conversion module for converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the generating module is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal.
  • the electrical-optical conversion module is used for converting the second electrical signal into a second optical signal.
  • the broadcasting module is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • original data from different transmitters correspond to different electrical physical resources
  • each receiver is used to, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, Acquire raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  • point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized.
  • the number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal generation structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic photoelectric conversion module provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 includes: N transmitters 101 , M receivers 102 and an optical signal switching device 103 . Both the N and the M are positive integers greater than 1. The number of transmitters and the number of receivers may or may not be equal.
  • Each of the N transmitters 101 is configured to send a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device 103 .
  • the optical signal switching device 103 is used for converting (also referred to as converting) the N-channel first optical signals sent by the N transmitters 101 into N-channel first electrical signals.
  • a second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals.
  • the second optical signal is broadcast to the M receivers 102 .
  • Each of the M receivers 102 is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device 103 and demodulate the second optical signal.
  • the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the N-channel first optical signals.
  • the original data carried by any optical signal is the data modulated on the optical signal, eg, the bit information carried on the optical signal.
  • the original data carried by the first optical signal and the second optical signal come from the signal source of the transmitter.
  • the signal source can output an electrical signal, and the electrical signal can be an analog signal or a digital signal.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the aforementioned modulation refers to the process in which the transmitting end outputs an optical signal based on the electrical signal; correspondingly, the demodulation refers to the process in which the receiving end restores the optical signal to an electrical signal.
  • the aforementioned light source may be a laser light source or other light sources.
  • a modulation process is required for each electro-optical conversion, and a demodulation process is required for each photoelectric conversion.
  • the aforementioned first optical signal is obtained by the transmitter acting as the transmitting end through signal modulation.
  • the optical signal switching device serves as the receiving end to demodulate the first optical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  • the second optical signal is obtained through signal modulation by the optical signal switching device as the transmitting end.
  • the receiver acts as a receiving end to demodulate the second optical signal to obtain the required electrical signal.
  • the communication system of the embodiment of the present application includes two sub-communication systems, namely a first sub-communication system composed of N transmitters and a receiving end of an optical signal switching device, and a first sub-communication system composed of a transmitting end of the optical signal switching device and M receivers.
  • Two-child communication system In different application scenarios, the modulation mechanism of the transmitter is different and the demodulation mechanism of the receiver is different.
  • each of the foregoing two sub-communication systems is a different type of sub-communication system.
  • the embodiments of the present application take the following two types of sub-communication systems as examples for description:
  • the sub-communication system can be a direct adjustment and direct inspection system.
  • Direct modulation direct detection system is also called Intensity Modulation and Direct Detection (Intensity Modulation Direct Detection, IM/DD) system.
  • the transmitting end is used to modulate the intensity of the optical signal (ie, perform intensity modulation on the optical signal) to obtain the modulated optical signal.
  • the receiving end is used to directly detect the received optical signal by using a photodetector.
  • the light detector may be a photodiode detector (Photodiode Detector, PD), or an avalanche photodiode detector (Avalanche Photodiode Detectors, APD).
  • the sub-communication system is a coherent communication system.
  • the coherent communication system may be a polarization multiplexing coherent system.
  • PDM Polarization Division Multiplexing
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the transmitting end is used to perform modulation with an optical signal to obtain a modulated optical signal.
  • the intensity of the optical signal is directly modulated to obtain a modulated optical signal.
  • a modulated optical signal is obtained by coherently modulating the optical signal.
  • the coherent modulation is QPSK modulation.
  • the receiving end is used for coherently receiving the received optical signal by using the optical signal, and demodulating the received optical signal.
  • the coherent receiving process may include: after coherently coupling the received optical signal with a local oscillator (Local Oscillator) optical signal, using a coherent receiver (also called a balanced receiver) to detect the coupled optical signal, and obtaining detected light signal.
  • a local oscillator Local Oscillator
  • a coherent receiver also called a balanced receiver
  • each transmitter 101 needs to use an optical signal to modulate to obtain the first optical signal.
  • the communication system includes N light sources corresponding to the N transmitters 101 one-to-one, and each light source is configured to provide an optical signal to the corresponding transmitter 101 for the transmitter 101 to use the light source The signal is modulated.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 further includes a first light source pool 104 shared by the N transmitters 101 .
  • Each of the transmitters 101 is used for modulating the optical signal provided by the first light source pool 104 to obtain the first optical signal.
  • each transmitter 101 is respectively connected to the first light source pool through an optical fiber, and receives the optical signal transmitted by the first light source pool through the optical fiber. Because the manufacturing cost of a single light source is high, and it is easy to be damaged. By sharing the first light source pool, the present application can realize centralized management and maintenance of the light source, facilitate timely fault diagnosis when the light source fails, reduce the use and maintenance cost of the light source, and improve the safety and reliability of the light source.
  • the first light source pool may include one or more light sources, and the light sources included in the first light source pool may be integrally packaged.
  • the manufacturing cost can be saved.
  • the number of light sources included in the first light source pool is less than N, compared with the case where one light source is provided for each transmitter 101, the number of light sources used by the transmitter 101 in the communication system can be reduced, and the use cost can be saved.
  • each receiver 102 needs to use an optical signal to demodulate the second optical signal.
  • the optical signal is used to coherently receive the second optical signal, and the received second optical signal is demodulated.
  • the communication system includes M light sources corresponding to the M receivers 102 one-to-one. Each light source is configured to provide an optical signal to the corresponding receiver 102 for the receiver 102 to use the optical signal to demodulate the second optical signal.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of still another communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system further includes a second light source pool 105 shared by the M receivers 102 .
  • Each receiver 102 is configured to perform signal demodulation on the second optical signal using the optical signal provided by the second light source pool 105 .
  • each receiver 102 is respectively connected to the second light source pool through an optical fiber.
  • the optical signal transmitted by the second light source pool is received through the optical fiber.
  • the second light source pool may include one or more light sources, and the light sources included in the second light source pool may be integrally packaged.
  • the manufacturing cost can be saved. Further, if the number of light sources included in the second light source pool is less than M, compared to the case where one light source is provided for each receiver 102, the number of light sources used by the receiver 102 in the communication system can be reduced, thereby saving usage costs.
  • the types of light sources in the aforementioned first light source pool may be the same or different.
  • the types of light sources in the aforementioned second light source pool may be the same or different. If the light sources in the light source pools are of the same type, the management of the light sources can be further facilitated.
  • the first light source pool 104 shared by N transmitters and the second light source pool 105 shared by M receivers the first light source pool 104 and the second light source pool 105 can also be integrated into the same Light pool. This can further save the use and maintenance costs.
  • the original data from different transmitters 101 correspond to different electrical physical resources.
  • Each receiver 102 is configured to acquire, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver 102 .
  • point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized.
  • the number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
  • raw data from different transmitters 101 corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources.
  • the process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by the optical signal switching device 103 , or may be performed by the N transmitters 101 .
  • the embodiments of the present application take the following two establishment manners as examples for description.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device 103 .
  • the N transmitters 101 do not associate raw data with different electrical physical resources. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are the same. Alternatively, the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are not related to electrical physical resources.
  • Centralized data processing can be achieved by centrally establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources through the optical signal switching device, which is convenient for management.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the optical signal switching device 103 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical signal switching device 103 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 , N resource modulation modules 1032 , an optical signal generating structure 1033 and a broadcasting structure 1034 .
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters 101 respectively.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 respectively.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter 101 into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 .
  • each photoelectric conversion module 1031 may receive the first optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception, and convert it into a first electrical signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 .
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules 1032 are different. Since the first electrical signals sent by different transmitters 101 all carry original data, the N resource modulation modules 1032 modulate the received first electrical signals onto corresponding electrical physical resources.
  • the optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate one channel of the second optical signal based on the received N channels of the first electrical signals (ie, the aforementioned N channels of modulated first electrical signals).
  • the broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers 102 .
  • the aforementioned resource modulation module 1032 may determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal in various ways.
  • each resource modulation module 1032 is pre-configured with its own corresponding electrical physical resource. When receiving the first electrical signal, use the electrical physical resource corresponding to itself as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal.
  • each resource modulation module 1032 is preconfigured with a first correspondence between transmitters and electrical physical resources. When the first electrical signal is received, the first correspondence is inquired to obtain the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter sending the first electrical signal, and the electrical physical resource obtained by the inquiry is determined as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal resource.
  • the first optical signal sent by each transmitter also carries address data.
  • the address data includes the destination address added on the basis of the original data.
  • each resource modulation module parses the address data carried by the first electrical signal, and based on the correspondence between the address indicated by the address data and the electrical physical resource, the electrical physical resource obtained by the query is queried. as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal.
  • the aforementioned electrical physical resources are different from optical carriers, and the electrical physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios.
  • the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different.
  • This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
  • the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the principle of Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA).
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF) carrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to perform carrier modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to modulate the radio frequency carriers of the N first electrical signals to be single-frequency signals of different frequencies. In this way, any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules 1032 are realized to be orthogonal.
  • using the corresponding radio frequency carrier to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal refers to modulating the amplitude or intensity of the radio frequency carrier based on the analog signal.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • A1 Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
  • each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal
  • the second optical signal is obtained based on the first electrical signal modulated by N channels
  • the analog signal obtained by the receiver converting the received second optical signal includes: The N-channel modulated first electrical signal.
  • A2 Use the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to demodulate the analog signal to obtain a demodulated analog signal.
  • the receiver can use the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver 102 to perform demodulation to obtain the demodulated analog signal.
  • the demodulated analog signal includes one or more analog signals that can be demodulated by the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver.
  • A3. Convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
  • each receiver can obtain a digital signal by performing analog to digital conversion (Analog to Digital Conversion, ADC) sampling or clock data recovery (clock data recovery, CDR) sampling on the demodulated analog signal.
  • ADC Analog to Digital Conversion
  • CDR clock data recovery
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform carrier modulation on the digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a subcarrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, map (also referred to as loading) the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier, and then convert the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier into a digital signal. analog signal to obtain the modulated first electrical signal.
  • the aforementioned process of converting the received first electrical signal into a digital signal may include: obtaining a digital signal by performing ADC sampling on the received first electrical signal; or obtaining a digital signal by performing CDR sampling on the received first electrical signal .
  • mapping the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier refers to multiplying the digital signal by the subcarrier, and this process is called carrier modulation.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
  • each receiver can obtain a digital signal by ADC sampling or CDR sampling of an analog signal.
  • the second optical signal is modulated based on the analog signal converted from the N channels of digital signals mapped on the subcarriers, so the conversion The obtained digital signal includes N channels of digital signals mapped on subcarriers.
  • the process of each receiver acquiring the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier includes: selecting one or more digital signals corresponding to itself from the N digital signals mapped on the subcarrier (that is, the subcarrier corresponding to itself). on the mapped digital signal). Since the analog signal and the digital signal are actually different representations of the original data, the receiver can convert the obtained digital signal to obtain the analog signal as the original data to be obtained according to its own needs, or it can no longer process the digital signal. The obtained digital signal is directly used as the raw data to be acquired.
  • the optical signal switching device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of an analog signal in the analog domain, and the receiver demodulates the analog signal in the analog domain as an example for description.
  • the optical signal switching device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of a digital signal in the digital domain, and the receiver demodulates the digital signal in the digital domain.
  • the actual processing result of the optical signal switching device on the first electrical signal carrying the same original data is the same, that is, whether the carrier modulation is performed in the analog domain or the carrier modulation is performed in the digital domain, the N resources If the modulated first electrical signals output by the modulation module 1032 are the same, the second optical signals generated subsequently are also the same.
  • the M receivers convert the received second electrical signal into an analog signal, whether demodulation is performed in the analog domain or the demodulation is performed in the digital domain, the digital signal finally obtained is the same.
  • the M receivers may execute the foregoing steps A1 to A3, or may execute the foregoing steps B1 to B3, and the digital signals obtained by final processing are the same.
  • the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver in step A2 and the subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in step B3 may be converted in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • each trapezoid on the horizontal line represents a radio frequency carrier
  • the shaded trapezoid on the horizontal line represents an analog signal modulated by a radio frequency carrier, indicating that the radio frequency carrier of this frequency is occupied
  • blank The trapezoid represents an unoccupied radio frequency carrier, that is, an idle radio frequency carrier.
  • each trapezoid on the horizontal line represents a sub-carrier
  • the shaded trapezoid on the horizontal line represents the sub-carrier to which the digital signal is mapped, indicating that the sub-carrier is occupied.
  • a blank trapezoid represents a subcarrier that is not mapped with a digital signal, indicating that the subcarrier is not occupied, that is, the subcarrier is an idle subcarrier.
  • Fig. 5 is illustrated below by taking the optical signal switching device performing carrier modulation in the analog domain, and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (that is, performing the aforementioned steps B1 to B3) as an example.
  • the radio frequency carriers with different frequencies are respectively radio frequency carriers a, b, c and d.
  • the raw data x1, x2 and x3 from transmitters 1011 to 1013 correspond to radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively
  • receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1031 corresponding to the transmitter 1011 converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, and converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal,
  • An electrical signal is transmitted to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 ; the resource modulation module 1032 modulates the received first electrical signal with radio frequency carrier a, and transmits the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 .
  • the raw data x2 and x3 from transmitters 1012 and 1013 are processed in the same way.
  • the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation modules 1032 corresponding to the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are modulated on the radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively, and carry three channels of original data x1, x2 and x3 respectively.
  • the optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the received three modulated first electrical signals, where the second optical signal includes the original data x1, x2 and x3.
  • the broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the three receivers 102 .
  • the each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal comprising the aforementioned original data x1, x2 and x3 in the form of analog signals modulated on radio frequency carriers a, b and c; After the signal is converted into a digital signal, the original data x1, x2, and x3 in the form of digital signals that are mapped on the sub-carriers corresponding to the radio frequency carriers a, b, and c, respectively, will be obtained. Then, the receivers 1021 to 1023 respectively acquire the original data x1, x2, and x3 in the form of digital signals on the sub-carriers corresponding to the radio frequency carriers a, b, and c. Through the above process, point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized. point-to-point data transfer.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource.
  • the communication system communicates based on the principle of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the analog signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code, such as a two-level sequence electrical signal.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to perform spread spectrum modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal
  • the second optical signal is obtained based on the first electrical signal modulated by N channels
  • the analog signal obtained by the receiver converting the received second optical signal includes: The N-channel modulated first electrical signal.
  • the receiver can use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 to perform demodulation to obtain the demodulated analog signal.
  • the demodulated analog signal includes one or more analog signals that can be demodulated by the corresponding spreading code of the receiver.
  • the spreading code is an analog spreading code.
  • step C3 reference may be made to the foregoing step A3, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the digital signal.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code, such as a digital sequence.
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, encode the digital signal with a corresponding spread spectrum code to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal, and then convert the spread spectrum digital signal into an analog signal to obtain a modulation after the first electrical signal.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules 1032 are different, and any two spreading codes are orthogonal.
  • any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules 1032 are realized to be orthogonal.
  • the process of using a spreading code to encode a digital signal is called spread spectrum modulation.
  • the aforementioned process of converting the received first electrical signal into a digital signal may include: obtaining a digital signal by performing analog-to-digital conversion ADC sampling on the received first electrical signal; or, performing CDR on the received first electrical signal Sampling to obtain a digital signal.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • D1. Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
  • each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
  • each receiver can obtain a digital signal by ADC sampling or CDR sampling of an analog signal.
  • the second optical signal is modulated based on the analog signal converted from the N channels of spread spectrum digital signals, so the converted digital signal Including N channels of spread spectrum digital signals.
  • D3. Decode the digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to obtain a decoded digital signal.
  • the process of the receiver 102 decoding the digital signal based on the corresponding spreading code to obtain the decoded digital signal includes: decoding the N channels of the spreading digital signal based on the corresponding spreading code. Since different spread spectrum codes are mutually orthogonal, the digital signal that can be decoded by the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 is a spread spectrum digital signal encoded by the optical signal switching apparatus using the same spread spectrum code in the digital domain. Since the analog signal and the digital signal are actually different representations of the original data, the receiver can convert the obtained digital signal to obtain the analog signal as the original data to be obtained according to its own needs, or it can no longer perform any further processing on the obtained digital signal. processing, and directly use the digital signal as the raw data to be acquired.
  • the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of an analog signal in the analog domain, and the receiver demodulates the analog signal in the analog domain.
  • the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of a digital signal in the digital domain, and the receiver demodulates the digital signal in the digital domain as example to illustrate.
  • the actual processing result of the optical signal switching device on the first electrical signal carrying the same original data is the same, that is, whether the carrier modulation is performed in the analog domain or the spread spectrum modulation is performed in the digital domain, N If the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation module 1032 are the same, the second optical signals generated subsequently are also the same.
  • the M receivers convert the received second electrical signal into an analog signal, whether demodulation is performed in the analog domain or the demodulation is performed in the digital domain, the digital signal finally obtained is the same.
  • the M receivers may execute the foregoing steps C1 to C3, or may execute the foregoing steps D1 to D3, and the digital signals obtained by final processing are the same.
  • the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver in step C2 and the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver in step D3 can be converted in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is described below by taking the optical signal switching device performing spread spectrum modulation in the analog domain, and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (ie, performing the aforementioned steps C1 to C3 ) as an example.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1031 corresponding to the transmitter 1011 converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, and converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal,
  • An electrical signal is transmitted to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 ; the resource modulation module 1032 modulates the received first electrical signal with an analog spread spectrum code e, and transmits the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 .
  • the raw data x2 and x3 from transmitters 1012 and 1013 are processed in the same way.
  • the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation modules 1032 corresponding to the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are respectively: modulated by the analog spreading codes e, f and g, and carry the original data x1, x2 and x3 respectively Three modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g.
  • the optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the received three modulated first electrical signals, where the second optical signal includes the modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g respectively.
  • the broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the four receivers 102 .
  • Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, the analog signal includes the aforementioned modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g; the receiver converts the analog signal into a digital signal, the digital signal includes Three channels of spread spectrum digital signals corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g. Then the receivers 1021 to 1024 respectively use the digital spreading codes corresponding to the analog spreading codes e, f and g to decode the three channels of spread spectrum digital signals, the receivers 1021 to 1022 obtain the original data x1 and x2 respectively, the receivers 1023 and 1024 both Get the original data x3.
  • the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the transmitter 1013 and the receivers 1023 and 1024 are realized.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device 103 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG.
  • the optical signal exchange device 103 includes N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 , an optical signal generation structure 1033 and a broadcast structure 1034 , and the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 correspond to the N transmitters 101 one-to-one respectively.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure 1033 .
  • the optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate one channel of the second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals received.
  • the broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers 102 .
  • the broadcast structure 1034 may be a 1 ⁇ M optocoupler with 1 input and M outputs. Specifically, it is used to send the second optical signals carrying the same data to the M receivers 102 respectively.
  • the powers of the second optical signals broadcast to the M receivers may be the same or different, but the data carried are the same.
  • the electro-physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios.
  • the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different.
  • This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
  • the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources.
  • the communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resources are sub-carriers, the associations between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different sub-carriers are established by the transmitters.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • each transmitter 101 is further configured to generate the first digital signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier after mapping the digital signal on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter 101 light signal.
  • Subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters 101 among the N transmitters 101 are different. For example, each transmitter is used to perform the following steps:
  • each transmitter 101 may first perform constellation mapping processing on the acquired digital signal, and then perform frequency shifting (also called frequency shifting) processing, so as to map the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier.
  • frequency shifting also called frequency shifting
  • the digital signal can be converted from the analog signal output by the signal source.
  • the digital signal may be a digital signal directly output by the signal source.
  • each transmitter 101 may convert digital signals to analog signals through a digital-to-analog conversion module.
  • each transmitter 101 may modulate the optical signal into the first optical signal based on the analog signal by using intensity modulation or coherent modulation.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver 102 . Since the effect of the transmitter establishing the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different subcarriers is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different radio frequency carriers in the analog domain, it is also It is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different subcarriers in the digital domain.
  • the optical signal switching device can directly convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generate one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and then convert the second optical signals to N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the broadcast is sent to M receivers.
  • the actions of the receiver 102 may refer to the foregoing steps A1 to A3 or the foregoing steps B1 to B3. This is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the three transmitters are transmitters 1011 to 1013 respectively, and the three receivers are transmitters 1021 to 1023 respectively.
  • FIG. 8 schematically shows four subcarriers, are sub-carriers a, b, c and d, respectively, assuming that the original data is a digital signal.
  • the transmitters 1011 to 1013 correspond to the sub-carriers a, b and c, respectively, and the receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to the sub-carriers a, b and c, respectively.
  • the transmitter 1011 is further configured to generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal after mapping the digital signal x1 on the subcarrier a.
  • the first optical signal generated by the transmitter 1011 corresponds to the digital signal x1 mapped on the subcarrier a.
  • the first optical signals generated by the transmitters 1012 and 1013 correspond to the digital signals x2 and x3 mapped on the sub-carriers b and c, respectively.
  • the optical signal switching device converts the first optical signals of the three channels sent by the three transmitters into the first electrical signals of the three channels, and generates a second optical signal based on the first electrical signals of the three channels, and then sends the second optical signal.
  • the second optical signal corresponds to the digital signal mapped on the sub-carriers a, b and c.
  • Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, and after converting the analog signal into a digital signal, obtains digital signals x1, x2, x3 mapped on subcarriers a, b, and c.
  • receivers 1021 to 1023 acquire digital signals x1, x2, and x3 on subcarriers a, b, and c, respectively.
  • the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized.
  • the electrical physical resource is a code resource, and the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle.
  • the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code.
  • the associations between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes are established by the transmitters.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , each transmitter 101 is further configured to use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter 101 to encode a digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal, and generate the first digital signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. A light signal.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters 101 are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal. For example, each transmitter is used to perform the following steps:
  • F1 Use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal.
  • each transmitter 101 may first perform constellation mapping processing on the acquired digital signal, and then perform encoding processing, so as to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal.
  • the digital signal can be converted from the analog signal output by the signal source.
  • the digital signal may be a digital signal directly output by the signal source.
  • each transmitter 101 may perform the conversion of the spread spectrum digital signal to the analog signal through a digital-to-analog conversion module.
  • each transmitter 101 may modulate the optical signal into the first optical signal based on the analog signal by using intensity modulation or coherent modulation.
  • each receiver 102 is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 to obtain a decoded digital signal.
  • Signal Since the effect of the transmitter establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the correlation between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes in the analog domain , which is also equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the correlation between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes in the digital domain.
  • the optical signal switching device can directly convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generate one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and then convert the second optical signals to N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the broadcast is sent to M receivers.
  • the actions of the receiver 102 may refer to the aforementioned steps C1 to C3 or the aforementioned steps D1 to D3. This is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is described below by taking the transmitter performing spread spectrum modulation in the digital domain and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (that is, performing the aforementioned steps D1 to D3).
  • the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are respectively Corresponding to spreading codes e, f, and g
  • receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to spreading codes e, f, and g, respectively.
  • the transmitter 1011 is further configured to use the spread spectrum code e to encode the digital signal x1 into a spread spectrum digital signal x1e, and generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal x1e.
  • the first optical signal generated by the transmitter 1011 corresponds to the spread spectrum digital signal x1e.
  • the first optical signals generated by the transmitters 1012 and 1013 correspond to the spread spectrum digital signals x2f and x3g, respectively.
  • the optical signal switching device converts the first optical signals of the three channels sent by the three transmitters into the first electrical signals of the three channels, and generates a second optical signal based on the first electrical signals of the three channels, and then sends the second optical signal.
  • the second optical signal corresponds to the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g.
  • Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, and after converting the analog signal into a digital signal, will obtain the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g.
  • the receivers 1021 to 1023 respectively use the spreading codes e, f and g to decode the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g to obtain the digital signals x1, x2 and x3.
  • the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized. point-to-point data transfer.
  • each transmitter can determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter in various ways, so as to use the electrical physical resource to process the original data. For example, each transmitter may determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter based on the first correspondence between the transmitter and the electrical physical resource. The first correspondence and the second correspondence may be preconfigured. For another example, the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter may be acquired by each transmitter when the first optical signal needs to be sent. Illustratively, after determining the destination address of the acquired original data, each transmitter queries the correspondence between the destination address and the electrical physical resource based on the destination address, and determines the electrical physical resource corresponding to the destination address as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter. physical resources.
  • different transmitters 101 establish the association relationship between the original data and different electrical physical resources in the digital domain as an example for description. In actual implementation, different transmitters 101 may also establish association relationships between raw data and different electrical physical resources in the analog domain. For the specific process, reference may be made to the processing process of the analog domain in the foregoing first implementation manner, which is not described repeatedly in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the foregoing two establishment methods are mainly described by taking the raw data from each transmitter corresponding to one electrical physical resource and each receiver corresponding to one or two electrical physical resources as examples.
  • the original data from each transmitter may correspond to multiple electrical physical resources, as long as it is ensured that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the original data from different transmitters are different.
  • Each receiver may also correspond to at least three electrical physical resources.
  • the foregoing embodiments only take the electrical physical resources as radio frequency carriers, sub-carriers or spreading codes for illustration.
  • electrical physical resources may also be other frequency domain resources, other code domain resources or time domain resources.
  • the communication system can also use other communication principles to realize data transmission based on electrical physical resources between the transmitter and the receiver.
  • the communication system may also use the principle of time division multiple access (TDMA) for communication.
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • each receiver may determine the corresponding relationship based on the second correspondence between receivers and electrical physical resources.
  • the second correspondence may be preconfigured.
  • the second correspondence may be manually configured when the communication system is deployed.
  • the N transmitters 101 include a management transmitter for configuring the second correspondence, and the management transmitter sends the second correspondence to the M receivers through the optical signal switching device.
  • the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver may be acquired by each receiver when the second optical signal needs to be resolved.
  • the first optical signal sent by each transmitter also carries address data, where the address data includes a destination address added on the basis of the original data.
  • the second optical signal also carries address data in the N first optical signals.
  • each receiver parses the N address data carried by the second optical signal, and when the target address indicated by any address data in the N address data is the address of the receiver, the address The electrical physical resource corresponding to the address is determined as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  • the destination address may be a sequence of numbers, such as a sequence of binary numbers, as long as it can function as an address identification.
  • the first optical signal is obtained by modulating an electrical signal (eg, the aforementioned analog signal), and the format of the electrical signal refers to a traditional message format (also called a frame format), such as an Ethernet message format.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 10 uses the structure of the communication system as an example to describe the structures of a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transmitter 101 includes a processing module 1011 , a digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and a modulation module 1013 .
  • the processing module 1011 is configured to receive the electrical signal output by the signal source, and output a digital signal based on the electrical signal.
  • the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 is used to convert the digital signal output by the processing module 1011 into an analog signal.
  • the modulation module 1013 is configured to perform signal modulation with the optical signal based on the analog signal to obtain the first optical signal.
  • the digital signal output by the processing module 1011 corresponds to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter.
  • the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 can be a digital to analog conversion (digital to analog conversion, DAC) chip or a parallel converter (serdes).
  • the receiver 102 includes a photoelectric conversion module 1021 , an analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and a processing module 1023 .
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1021 is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal exchange device 103, and convert the second optical signal into an analog signal.
  • the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 is used to convert the analog signal output by the photoelectric conversion module 1021 into a digital signal.
  • the processing module 1023 is configured to acquire an electrical signal based on the digital signal output by the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 .
  • the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 can be an ADC chip or a CDR chip.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1021, the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps A1, A2 and A3 respectively, or , which are used to perform the foregoing steps B1, B2 and B3 respectively.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1021, the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are configured to perform the foregoing steps C1, C2 and C3 respectively, or , which are used to perform the foregoing steps D1, D2 and D3 respectively.
  • the processing module 1011 can be integrated on the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012, and the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 receives the output of the signal source. and convert the digital signal to an analog signal.
  • the processing module 1011 and the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 can be integrated on the modulation module 1013, and the modulation module 1013 receives the digital signal output by the signal source, converts the digital signal into an analog signal, and uses the optical signal based on the analog signal.
  • the signal is signal modulated to obtain a first optical signal.
  • the processing module 1011 , the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and the modulation module 1013 are configured to perform the foregoing steps E1 , E2 and E3 respectively.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1021 , the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps A1 , A2 and A3 respectively, or are used to perform the foregoing steps B1 , B2 and B3 respectively.
  • the processing module 1011 when the communication system communicates based on the CDMA principle, the processing module 1011 , the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and the modulation module 1013 are used to perform the foregoing steps F1 , F2 and F3 respectively.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1021 , the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps C1 , C2 and C3 respectively, or are used to perform the foregoing steps D1 , D2 and D3 respectively.
  • the processing module 1011 reduces the process of establishing the association relationship between the original data of the transmitter and the electrical physical resources.
  • both the aforementioned processing module 1011 and the processing module 1023 may be digital signal processing (Digital Signal Process, DSP) modules.
  • DSP Digital Signal Process
  • the aforementioned transmitter and/or receiver also have other functions, and correspondingly, other modules may be provided, or new functions may be added to existing modules.
  • the transmitter also includes: one or more of an optical amplifier or an optical multiplexer.
  • the receiver also includes: one or more of an optical splitter or an optical amplifier.
  • the processing module 1023 is further configured to compensate for optical fiber dispersion and/or nonlinear effects, and/or the processing module 1023 is further configured to perform error correction processing on bit errors generated during optical signal transmission, etc. .
  • both the transmitter and the receiver in the communication system refer to the transmitter and the receiver in a working state.
  • the operating state refers to a state sufficient for communication.
  • the number of input terminals of the optical signal switching device is equal to the number of working transmitters in the communication system
  • the number of output terminals of the optical signal switching device is equal to the number of working receivers in the communication system. Equal to an example to illustrate. In actual implementation, the number of input terminals of the optical signal switching device can be greater than the number of working transmitters in the communication system, and the number of output terminals of the optical signal switching device can be greater than the number of working receivers in the communication system.
  • the optical signal switching device has an idle input terminal and an idle output terminal, so that it is convenient to connect new transmitters and receivers and realize the expansion of the communication system.
  • the optical signal switching device has an input terminal connected to a transmitter in a non-operating state. When the transmitter is switched from a non-operating state to an operating state, the optical signal switching device can quickly respond to the transmitter sending out the first optical signal. And/or, the optical signal switching device has an output terminal connected to the receiver in the non-working state, and when the receiver is switched from the non-working state to the working state, the optical signal switching device can also send the second optical signal to the receiver. receiver.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal generating structure 1033 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the optical signal generating structure 1033 includes: an electrical coupler 1033a and an optical modulator 1033b.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals. It should be noted that when the optical signal generating structure 1033 is applied to the optical signal switching device shown in FIG. 4 , the received first signal is the modulated first electrical signal output by the resource modulation module 1032; when the optical signal When the generating structure 1033 is applied to the optical signal switching device shown in FIG. 7 , the received first signal is the first electrical signal output by the photoelectric conversion module 1031 .
  • the optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the optical signal switching device 103 can support the direct modulation of the optical signal, and can also support the coherent modulation of the optical signal.
  • the actions performed by the electrical coupler 1033a and the optical modulator 1033b are also different.
  • the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the following three situations as examples:
  • the optical signal switching device 103 may support direct modulation of the optical signal.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of the first electrical signals received into one channel of the second electrical signals.
  • the electrical coupler may be an N ⁇ 1 combiner (Combiner) with N input terminals and one output terminal.
  • the coupling process (also referred to as a combining process) may be a superposition process of N first electrical signals.
  • the optical modulator 1033b is configured to directly modulate the intensity of the optical signal based on the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the light modulation device may be a Directly Modulated Laser (DML), an Electro-absorption Modulator (EAM), or a Mach-Zehnder Modulator (MZM).
  • DML Directly Modulated Laser
  • EAM Electro-absorption Modulator
  • MZM Mach-Zehnder Modulator
  • the optical signal switching device 103 may support coherent modulation of the optical signal.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of the first electrical signals received into one channel of the second electrical signals.
  • the coupling process may be a superposition process of N first electrical signals.
  • the optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform coherent modulation of the optical signal based on the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the optical modulator 1033b is used for generating 4 channels of electrical signals based on the channel of the second electrical signal. Phase modulation is performed on the two orthogonal polarized optical signals (that is, the polarization directions are vertical) based on the four electrical signals, respectively, to obtain a second optical signal. Specifically, the two orthogonally polarized light signals are respectively the first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal.
  • the optical modulator 1033b is configured to modulate the first polarized optical signal by using two electrical signals among the four electrical signals to obtain the modulated first polarized optical signal.
  • the optical modulator 1033b includes a laser, a polarization beam splitter, two modulators, and a polarization combiner.
  • the laser is used to generate the laser signal
  • the polarization beam splitter is used to split the laser signal into a first polarized light signal and a second polarized light signal.
  • the two modulators are respectively used to modulate the first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal.
  • the polarization combiner is used for combining the modulated first optical signal and the modulated second polarized optical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • one of the aforementioned first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal is an x-polarized light signal, and the other is a y-polarized light signal.
  • the optical signal switching device 103 may support coherent modulation of the optical signal.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a can directly output 4 channels of electrical signals, thus eliminating the need for the optical modulator 1033b to perform the action of generating 4 channels of optical signals, reducing the coherent modulation process the complexity.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the received N-channel first electrical signals into 4-channel second electrical signals.
  • the coupling process may be a process of superimposing the first electrical signals of each group after the N-channel first electrical signals are divided into four groups.
  • the electrical coupler includes 4 S ⁇ 1 combiners with S input ends and one output end, where S is a positive integer.
  • the number of input terminals of the four S ⁇ 1 combiners may be equal or unequal, and the sum of the number of input terminals of the four S ⁇ 1 combiners is N.
  • the superposition of 4 S ⁇ 1 combiners finally outputs 4 second electrical signals.
  • the optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform coherent modulation of the optical signal based on the four channels of second electrical signals to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the modulation process refers to the corresponding process in the aforementioned second case. For example, in the optical modulator 1033b, two electrical signals among the four electrical signals are input into one modulator for modulating the first polarized optical signal. The other two electrical signals are input into another modulator for modulating the second polarized light signal.
  • the first electrical signal input to the electrical coupler 1033a is an analog signal as an example for description.
  • the first electrical signal input to the electrical coupler 1033a may also be a digital signal.
  • the N resource modulation modules 1032 can also be used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal.
  • the digital signal is modulated with corresponding electrical physical resources, and the modulated digital signal is output as the modulated first electrical signal.
  • the electrical coupler 1033a couples the received first electrical signals in the form of N digital signals into at least one second electrical signal in the form of digital signals.
  • the optical modulator 1033b can first convert the at least one second electrical signal in the form of a digital signal into at least one second electrical signal in the form of an analog signal, and then perform modulation based on the second electrical signal in the form of an analog signal to obtain a second optical signal .
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal
  • the coupling process of the electrical coupler is a superposition process of N first electrical signals as an example for description.
  • the electrical coupler may also couple the N first electrical signals in other ways.
  • the electrical coupler may first convert the N channels of analog signals into digital signals, and then couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of summation Signal.
  • the electric coupler may first convert the N channels of analog signals into digital signals, and then couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of interleaving.
  • the electrical coupler may further couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals in a summation manner.
  • the electrical coupler can also couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of interleaving.
  • the way of interleaving may include a process of interleaving N channels of digital signals byte-by-byte or bit-by-bit to combine them into one channel of digital signals.
  • the frequency or unit of the interleaving may be preset, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the light modulation process is performed based on an analog signal as an example for description.
  • the modulation module 1013 and the optical modulator 1033b both perform modulation of the optical signal based on the analog signal.
  • the optical modulation process may also be performed based on a digital signal, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical signal switching device 103 can support direct reception of optical signals, and can also support coherent reception of optical signals.
  • the aforementioned photoelectric conversion module 1031 includes a photodetector.
  • the photodetector can be a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector; when the optical signal exchange device 103 When supporting coherent reception of optical signals, the optical detector may be a coherent receiver.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic photoelectric conversion module 1031 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 1031 includes: a photodetector 1031a and an amplifier 1031b.
  • the photodetector 1031a is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier 1031b;
  • the amplifier 1031b is used to amplify the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal electric signal.
  • the amplifier is a trans-impedance amplifier (TIA). TIA can realize the amplification of small current signal into voltage signal.
  • TIA trans-impedance amplifier
  • a multi-level switch is replaced by a one-hop optical signal exchange device, which avoids multiple electro-optical conversions and photoelectric conversions caused by the multi-level switch, so that the communication system has the characteristics of large bandwidth and low delay, and can effectively meet the Large traffic and high-quality communication requirements enable effective compatibility of various communication scenarios.
  • the communication system can be used in both long-range communication scenarios and short-range communication scenarios.
  • the optical fiber in the communication system can not only support the transmission rate of single-wave 10G (that is, the transmission rate of each wave is 10G), but also support the transmission rate of single-wave 100G (that is, the transmission rate of each wave is 100G), and also Other transfer rates are supported.
  • the communication system is an in-vehicle communication system, a data center system, an Internet of Things system, an industrial interconnection system, or the like.
  • these communication systems on the one hand, it is necessary to realize multipoint-to-multipoint communication.
  • the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application by setting one or more electrical physical resources corresponding to the original data from each transmitter, and one or more electrical physical resources corresponding to each receiver, it is possible to effectively realize multi-point to multipoint communication.
  • the communication between the transmitter and the receiver is performed through the optical fiber and the optical coupler, which effectively shields the electromagnetic interference on the transmission link.
  • an in-vehicle communication system is a communication system deployed inside a vehicle.
  • the in-vehicle communication system includes a plurality of communication nodes, each communication node including at least one transmitter and/or at least one receiver.
  • each communication node includes a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transmitters of the plurality of communication nodes may include any of the transmitters in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the receivers of the plurality of communication nodes may include any of the receivers in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the plurality of communication nodes include at least two of the following: Cockpit Data Center (Cockpit Data Center, CDC, also called smart cockpit), mobile data center (Mobile Data Center, MDC, also called intelligent driving module), driving dynamic control (Vehicle Dynamic Control, VDC) module (also called vehicle control module) and vehicle interface unit (Vehicle Interface Unit, VIU).
  • the data center system includes a plurality of servers, each server including at least one transmitter and/or at least one receiver.
  • each server includes a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transmitters of the plurality of servers may include any of the transmitters in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the receivers of the plurality of servers may include any of the receivers in the foregoing embodiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal switching apparatus 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the optical signal switching apparatus 20 may be applied to the foregoing communication system 10 .
  • the optical signal switching device 20 includes: a conversion structure 201 , an optical signal generation structure 202 and a broadcast structure 203 .
  • the conversion structure 201 is used to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1; the optical signal generation structure 202 is used to generate N channels based on the received The N channels of the first electrical signals generate one channel of the second optical signal, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal; the broadcast structure 203 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device 103 .
  • the N transmitters 101 do not associate raw data with different electrical physical resources.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are not related to the electrical physical resources.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the conversion structure 201 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 2011, N resource modulation modules 2012, the N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 respectively correspond to the N transmitters one-to-one, and the N resource modulation modules 2012 are respectively associated with the N transmitters
  • the photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module 2012 .
  • the N resource modulation modules 2012 are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 202, wherein different resource modulation modules
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signal generated in 2012 are different.
  • the function of the photoelectric conversion module 2011 may refer to the function of the photoelectric conversion module 1031 in FIG. 4 ; the function of the resource modulation module 2012 may refer to the function of the resource modulation module 1032 in FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another optical signal switching device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the conversion structure 201 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 2011, the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters; the N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first optical signal. An electrical signal is transmitted, and the first electrical signal is transmitted to the optical signal generating structure 202 .
  • the optical signal generating structure 202 includes: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator; the electrical coupler is used to couple the N circuits of first electrical signals received into at least one second electrical signal; the optical The modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one channel of the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  • the photoelectric conversion module 2011 includes: a photodetector and an amplifier; the photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier; the The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  • the structure of the photoelectric conversion module 2011 may refer to the photoelectric conversion module 1031 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the light detector is a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector; and/or the amplifier is a TIA.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the communication method may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 , FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 10 .
  • the method includes:
  • Each of the N transmitters sends a first optical signal to the optical signal switching apparatus, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generates a channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and generates the second optical signal from the N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the broadcast is sent to the M receivers, the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Each of the M receivers receives the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulates the second optical signal.
  • the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources.
  • the foregoing process of demodulating the second optical signal may include: each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  • the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources.
  • the process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters.
  • the following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device.
  • the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to the electrical physical resources.
  • the process of converting the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into the N channels of first electrical signals by the optical signal switching device includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals; The electrical signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
  • the electrical signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
  • the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal.
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device uses the corresponding radio frequency carrier to carry out the carrier wave on the first electrical signal. Modulation is performed to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
  • each receiver acquires the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including the aforementioned steps A1 to A3 or the aforementioned steps B1 to B3.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spreading code
  • the first electrical signal is an analog signal
  • the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device uses a corresponding spreading code for the first electrical signal Spread spectrum modulation is performed to obtain modulated first electrical signals, and any two of the spread spectrum codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal.
  • the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal for each receiver includes: the aforementioned steps C1 to C3, or The aforementioned steps D1 to D3.
  • the description is given by taking the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources in the analog domain as an example.
  • the optical signal switching device can also establish the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources in the digital domain.
  • reference may be made to the processing process of the digital domain in the first implementation manner in the foregoing system embodiment, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter.
  • the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources.
  • each transmitter may also map the digital signal with the transmission After the sub-carrier corresponding to the transmitter, the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier, the sub-carriers corresponding to different transmitters in the N transmitters are different, and any two of the sub-carriers are different.
  • the carriers are orthogonal.
  • the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal for each receiver includes: the aforementioned steps A1 to A3 or the aforementioned steps B1 to B3.
  • the electrical physical resource is a spread spectrum code
  • the original data is a digital signal
  • each transmitter can also use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter.
  • the frequency code encodes the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal, and generates the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal.
  • the spread spectrum codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spread spectrum codes Orthogonal.
  • the process for each receiver to obtain the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the original data carried by the second optical signal includes: the aforementioned steps C1 to C3, or the aforementioned steps C1 to C3. Steps D1 to D3.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This communication method can be applied to the optical signal switching apparatus shown in FIG. 14 or FIG. 15 .
  • the communication method includes:
  • S401 Convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device.
  • the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters.
  • the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to the electrical physical resources.
  • the aforementioned process of converting the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into the N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals, converting the first electrical signals to the N channels of first electrical signals.
  • the signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resources to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
  • the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter.
  • the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources, and the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters are directly converted into N channels of first electrical signals.
  • S402. Generate a second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal.
  • N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.
  • the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Optical Communication System (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of communications, and discloses a communication method, an optical signal switching apparatus, and a communication system. The communication system comprises: N transmitters, M receivers, and the optical signal switching apparatus, wherein N and M are both positive integers greater than 1; each of the N transmitters is used for sending a first optical signal to the optical signal switching apparatus; the optical signal switching apparatus is used for converting N first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N first electrical signals, generating a second optical signal on the basis of the N first electrical signals, and broadcasting and sending the second optical signal to the M receivers, wherein original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as original data carried by the N first optical signals; and each of the M receivers is used for receiving the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching apparatus, and demodulating the second optical signal. The present application can reduce a communication time delay in the communication system.

Description

通信方法、光信号交换装置、通信系统Communication method, optical signal exchange device, communication system
本申请要求于2021年2月10日提交的、申请号为202110185283.1、申请名称为“通信方法、光信号交换装置、通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110185283.1 and the application name "communication method, optical signal switching device, and communication system" filed on February 10, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,特别涉及一种通信方法、光信号交换装置、通信系统。The present application relates to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method, an optical signal switching device, and a communication system.
背景技术Background technique
目前的通信系统包括多个通信节点以及多级交换机。任意两个通信节点间进行通信,源通信节点的发射机所发送的数据都需要通过至少一个交换机来传输至目的通信节点的交换机中。Current communication systems include multiple communication nodes and multi-stage switches. For communication between any two communication nodes, the data sent by the transmitter of the source communication node needs to be transmitted to the switch of the destination communication node through at least one switch.
其中,若通信节点与交换机通过光纤连接,发射机发送的携带数据的光信号在每经过一个交换机时,该交换机均需要对接收的光信号进行一次光电转换后,再通过一次电光转换将光信号发出。而发射机和接收机之间的数据传输往往需要经过多跳交换机,造成通信系统中通信节点之间的较大的通信时延。Among them, if the communication node and the switch are connected by optical fibers, every time the optical signal carrying data sent by the transmitter passes through a switch, the switch needs to perform a photoelectric conversion on the received optical signal, and then convert the optical signal through an electro-optical conversion. issue. However, the data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver often needs to go through a multi-hop switch, which causes a large communication delay between the communication nodes in the communication system.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法、光信号交换装置、通信系统。能够降低通信系统中的通信时延。所述技术方案如下:Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, an optical signal switching device, and a communication system. The communication delay in the communication system can be reduced. The technical solution is as follows:
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统可以为车载通信系统、数据中心系统、物联网系统或工业互联系统。该通信系统包括:N个发射机,M个接收机和光信号交换装置,该N和该M均为大于1的正整数。该N个发射机中每个发射机用于向该光信号交换装置发送一路第一光信号。该光信号交换装置用于将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号。基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机。该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该N路第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。该M个接收机中每个接收机用于接收该光信号交换装置发送的第二光信号,并解调该第二光信号。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system may be a vehicle-mounted communication system, a data center system, an Internet of Things system or an industrial interconnection system. The communication system includes: N transmitters, M receivers and optical signal switching devices, where N and M are both positive integers greater than 1. Each of the N transmitters is used for sending a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device. The optical signal switching device is used for converting N-channel first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N-channel first electrical signals. A second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals. The second optical signal is broadcast to the M receivers. The original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the N-channel first optical signals. Each of the M receivers is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulate the second optical signal.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信。光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置。因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In this embodiment of the present application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device. The optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receivers. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver. Therefore, the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver is reduced.
在本申请实施例中,该第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源。该每个接收机用于在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中。获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。如此,可以实现发射机和接收机之间点对点、点对多点或者多点对多点的通信。其中,通信系统支持的电物理资源的数量大于或等于发射机的数量,以保证不同发射机可以分配到不同的电物理资源。In the embodiment of the present application, the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources. The each receiver is used in the raw data carried in the second optical signal. Acquire raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver. In this way, point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized. The number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
其中,前述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物 理资源可以通过建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系来实现。该关联关系的建立过程可以由光信号交换装置执行,也可以由N个发射机执行,本申请实施例以以下两种实现方式为例进行说明。Wherein, in the original data carried by the aforementioned second optical signal, the original data from different transmitters corresponding to different electro-physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources. The process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters. The following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
第一种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置建立。通过光信号交换装置集中建立不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系可以实现数据的集中处理,便于管理。In the first establishment manner, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device. Centralized data processing can be achieved by centrally establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources through the optical signal switching device, which is convenient for management.
在该第一种建立方式中,N个发射机处并未将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此可以视为该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同。或者,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号与电物理资源不相关。则该光信号交换装置,包括:N个光电转换模块,N个资源调制模块,光信号生成结构以及广播结构。该N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应。该N个资源调制模块分别与该N个光电转换模块一一对应。该N个光电转换模块用于将对应的发射机发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块。该N个资源调制模块用于将接收的该第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构。其中,不同的资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。该光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。该广播结构,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机。In this first setup, the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same. Alternatively, the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to electrical physical resources. Then the optical signal exchange device includes: N photoelectric conversion modules, N resource modulation modules, an optical signal generation structure and a broadcast structure. The N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters. The N resource modulation modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules. The N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module. The N resource modulation modules are used to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure. The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules are different. The optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received. The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
前述电物理资源与光载波不同,该电物理资源在不同应用场景中可以为不同的通信资源。相应的,通信系统中的信号传输原理也不同。本申请实施例以以下两种可选示例为例进行说明:The aforementioned electrical physical resources are different from optical carriers, and the electrical physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios. Correspondingly, the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different. This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
在第一种建立方式的第一种示例中,该物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)原理进行通信。In the first example of the first establishment manner, the physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the principle of Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA).
在第一种示例的第一种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块用于对模拟信号进行载波调制。该电物理资源为射频载波,该第一电信号为模拟信号。该N个资源调制模块,用于对接收的该第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。In the first implementation manner of the first example, the N resource modulation modules are used to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. The N resource modulation modules are configured to perform carrier modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
与该第一种示例的第一种实现方式对应的,每个接收机还用于:将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;获取该接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。该接收机对应的子载波与该接收机对应的射频载波一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为频域资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the first implementation manner of the first example, each receiver is further used for: converting the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulating the analog signal by using the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain the demodulated signal. analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver. The sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
在第一种示例的第二种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块用于对数字信号进行载波调制。电物理资源为子载波,第一电信号为模拟信号。N个资源调制模块,用于将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号。将该数字信号映射(也称加载)在对应的子载波上。再将映射在子载波上的数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。N个资源调制模块中与N个数字信号对应的子载波不同,且任意两个子载波正交。In the second implementation manner of the first example, the N resource modulation modules are used to perform carrier modulation on the digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a subcarrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. The N resource modulation modules are used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal. The digital signal is mapped (also called loading) on the corresponding sub-carrier. The digital signal mapped on the subcarrier is then converted into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. The subcarriers corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules are different, and any two subcarriers are orthogonal.
与该第一种示例的第二种实现方式对应的,每个接收机还用于:将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;获取该接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。该接收机对应的子 载波与该接收机对应的射频载波一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为频域资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the second implementation manner of the first example, each receiver is further used for: converting the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulating the analog signal by using the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain the demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver. The sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver are in one-to-one correspondence with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
在第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源。通信系统基于码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)原理进行通信。In the second example, the electrical physical resource is a code resource. The communication system communicates based on the principle of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
在第二种示例的第一种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块用于对模拟信号进行扩频调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为模拟扩频码,如二电平序列电信号。第一电信号为模拟信号,如电压信号。该N个资源调制模块,用于对接收的该第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个该扩频码正交。In the first implementation manner of the second example, the N resource modulation modules are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code, such as a two-level sequence electrical signal. The first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal. The N resource modulation modules are used for performing spread spectrum modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
与该第二种示例的第一种实现方式对应的,每个接收机还用于:将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码(即模拟扩频码)进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用该接收机对应的扩频码(即数字扩频码)解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。该接收机对应的模拟扩频码与该接收机对应的数字扩频码一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为码资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the first implementation manner of the second example, each receiver is further used to: convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver (ie, an analog spread spectrum code) for the analog signal. ) to demodulate to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain decoded digital signal. The analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
在第二种示例的第二种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块用于对数字信号进行扩频调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为数字扩频码,如数字序列。第一电信号为模拟信号。N个资源调制模块,用于将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号。采用对应的扩频码编码该数字信号得到扩频数字信号。再将扩频数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。N个资源调制模块中与N个数字信号对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个扩频码正交。In the second implementation manner of the second example, the N resource modulation modules are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code, such as a digital sequence. The first electrical signal is an analog signal. The N resource modulation modules are used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal. The digital signal is encoded with a corresponding spread spectrum code to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal. The spread spectrum digital signal is then converted into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. The spreading codes corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules are different, and any two spreading codes are orthogonal.
与该第二种示例的第二种实现方式对应的,每个接收机还用于:将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码(即模拟扩频码)进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用该接收机对应的扩频码(即数字扩频码)解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。该接收机对应的模拟扩频码与该接收机对应的数字扩频码一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为码资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the second implementation manner of the second example, each receiver is further used to: convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver (ie, an analog spread spectrum code) for the analog signal. ) to demodulate to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain decoded digital signal. The analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
前述第一种建立方式中,当光信号交换装置采用电物理资源在模拟域对模拟信号进行调制时,由于无需进行模拟信号到数字信号的转换,基本不会带来额外的处理延时。因此,相对于采用电物理资源在数字域进行调制的方式,时延更低,通信效率更高。In the above-mentioned first establishment manner, when the optical signal switching device uses electrical physical resources to modulate the analog signal in the analog domain, since the conversion of the analog signal to the digital signal is not required, additional processing delay is basically not caused. Therefore, compared with the modulating method in the digital domain using electrical physical resources, the delay is lower and the communication efficiency is higher.
第二种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联,如此该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同,而光信号交换装置处无需再建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。则该光信号交换装置,包括:N个光电转换模块,光信号生成结构以及广播结构,该N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应。该N个光电转换模块,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构。该光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。该广播结构,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机。In the second way of establishing, the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter. In the second setup method, the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources. Then the optical signal exchange device includes: N photoelectric conversion modules, an optical signal generating structure and a broadcasting structure, and the N photoelectric conversion modules correspond to the N transmitters one-to-one respectively. The N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure. The optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received. The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
在第二种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于FDMA原 理进行通信。假设频域资源为子载波,该原始数据为数字信号。不同发射机的原始数据与不同子载波的关联关系由发射机建立。则该每个发射机还用于将该数字信号映射在与该发射机对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号,该N个发射机中不同发射机对应的子载波不同,且任意两个该子载波正交。每个接收机还用于将第二光信号转换为模拟信号。对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,该每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;获取该接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。该接收机对应的子载波与该接收机对应的射频载波一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为频域资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。In the first example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resource is a subcarrier, the original data is a digital signal. The relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different subcarriers is established by the transmitters. Then each transmitter is further configured to generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier after the digital signal is mapped on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter, and the N The subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters in the transmitter are different, and any two of the subcarriers are orthogonal. Each receiver is also used to convert the second optical signal to an analog signal. The analog signal is demodulated by using a radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; the demodulated analog signal is converted into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; convert the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver. The sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
在第二种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源,发射机和接收机基于CDMA原理进行通信。假设码资源为扩频码,如数字扩频码,该原始数据为数字信号。不同发射机的原始数据与不同扩频码的关联关系由发射机建立。则该每个发射机还用于采用与该发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号。基于该扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。该N个发射机对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个该扩频码正交。该每个接收机还用于将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码(即模拟扩频码)进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,该每个接收机还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号。采用该接收机对应的扩频码解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。该接收机对应的模拟扩频码与该接收机对应的数字扩频码一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为码资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。In the second example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a code resource, and the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle. Assuming that the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code, the original data is a digital signal. The relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different spreading codes is established by the transmitters. Then each transmitter is also used to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter. The first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. The spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal. Each receiver is also used to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulate the analog signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, analog spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; The analog signal is then converted into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, and the analog signal into a digital signal. The digital signal is decoded by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to obtain a decoded digital signal. The analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
在一种可选示例中,该光信号生成结构包括:电耦合器和光调制器。该电耦合器,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号。该光调制器,用于基于该至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到该第二光信号。In an optional example, the optical signal generating structure includes: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator. The electrical coupler is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals. The optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
可选地,该光电转换模块,包括:光探测器和放大器。该光探测器用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将该第三电信号传输至该放大器。该放大器用于将该第三电信号放大得到该第一电信号。通过设置该放大器,可以实现插损补偿。示例地,该放大器为跨阻放大器(Trans-Impedance Amplifier,TIA)。当该光信号交换装置支持光信号的直接接收时,该光探测器可以为光电二极管探测器或雪崩光电二极管探测器等。当该光信号交换装置支持光信号的相干接收时,该光探测器可以为相干接收机。Optionally, the photoelectric conversion module includes: a photodetector and an amplifier. The photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier. The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal. By setting this amplifier, insertion loss compensation can be achieved. For example, the amplifier is a Trans-Impedance Amplifier (TIA). When the optical signal switching device supports the direct reception of optical signals, the light detector may be a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector or the like. When the optical signal switching device supports coherent reception of optical signals, the optical detector may be a coherent receiver.
第二方面,本申请提供一种光信号交换装置。该光信号交换装置包括:转换结构、光信号生成结构和广播结构。该转换结构,用于将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,该N为大于1的正整数。该光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。该广播结构,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机。该M均为大于1的正整数。In a second aspect, the present application provides an optical signal switching device. The optical signal switching device includes a conversion structure, an optical signal generating structure and a broadcasting structure. The conversion structure is used to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The optical signal generating structure is used for generating one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received. The original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal. The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to M receivers. The M is a positive integer greater than 1.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信,光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置。因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In the embodiment of this application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver. Therefore, the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver is reduced.
其中,前述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源可以通过建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系来实现。该关 联关系的建立过程可以由光信号交换装置执行,也可以由N个发射机执行,本申请实施例以以下两种实现方式为例进行说明。Wherein, in the raw data carried by the aforementioned second optical signal, the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources. The process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters, and the following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
第一种建立方式,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同。该转换结构,包括:N个光电转换模块,N个资源调制模块。该N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应。该N个资源调制模块分别与该N个光电转换模块一一对应。该N个光电转换模块用于将对应的发射机发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块。该N个资源调制模块用于将接收的该第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构。其中,不同的资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。In the first setup manner, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same. The conversion structure includes: N photoelectric conversion modules and N resource modulation modules. The N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters. The N resource modulation modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules. The N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module. The N resource modulation modules are used to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure. The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules are different.
第二种建立方式,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同。该转换结构,包括:N个光电转换模块。该N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应。该N个光电转换模块,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构。In the second setup manner, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different. The conversion structure includes: N photoelectric conversion modules. The N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters. The N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
可选地,电耦合器和光调制器。该电耦合器,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号。该光调制器,用于基于该至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到该第二光信号。Optionally, electrical couplers and optical modulators. The electrical coupler is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals. The optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
示例地,该光电转换模块,包括:光探测器和放大器。该光探测器用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将该第三电信号传输至该放大器。该放大器用于将该第三电信号放大得到该第一电信号。例如,该光探测器为光电二极管探测器或雪崩光电二极管探测器。和/或,该放大器为TIA。Illustratively, the photoelectric conversion module includes: a photodetector and an amplifier. The photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier. The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal. For example, the light detector is a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector. And/or, the amplifier is a TIA.
该第二方面所提供的光信号交换装置的结构和效果可以参考前述第一方面中的相关内容。For the structure and effect of the optical signal switching device provided by the second aspect, reference may be made to the relevant content in the foregoing first aspect.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,包括:N个发射机中每个发射机向光信号交换装置发送一路第一光信号,该N为大于1的正整数。该光信号交换装置将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机,该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同,该M为大于1的正整数。该M个接收机中每个接收机接收该光信号交换装置发送的第二光信号,并解调该第二光信号。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, including: each of the N transmitters sends a first optical signal to an optical signal switching apparatus, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generates one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and broadcasts the second optical signals When sent to the M receivers, the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 1. Each of the M receivers receives the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulates the second optical signal.
在本申请实施例中,该第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源。如此,可以实现发射机和接收机之间点对点、点对多点或者多点对多点的通信。相应的,该解调该第二光信号的过程,包括:该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources. In this way, point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized. Correspondingly, the process of demodulating the second optical signal includes: each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
其中,前述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源可以通过建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系来实现。该关联关系的建立过程可以由光信号交换装置执行,也可以由N个发射机执行,本申请实施例以以下两种实现方式为例进行说明。Wherein, in the raw data carried by the aforementioned second optical signal, the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources. The process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters. The following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
第一种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置建立。在该第一种建立方式中,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同。该光信号交换装置将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号的过程,包括:对于该N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号,将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物 理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号。不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。In the first establishment manner, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device. In the first setup manner, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same. The process that the optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals, converting The first electrical signal is modulated on a corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. The electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
在该第一种建立方式的第一种示例中,该物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于FDMA原理进行通信。In the first example of the first establishment manner, the physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle.
在第一种示例的第一种实现方式中,该光信号交换装置用于对模拟信号进行载波调制。该电物理资源为射频载波,该第一电信号为模拟信号,该将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置对该第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。In a first implementation manner of the first example, the optical signal switching device is used to perform carrier modulation on an analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal exchange The device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
在第一种示例的第二种实现方式中,该光信号交换装置用于对数字信号进行载波调制。电物理资源为子载波,第一电信号为模拟信号。该将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号,将该数字信号映射(也称加载)在对应的子载波上,再将映射在子载波上的数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。In a second implementation manner of the first example, the optical signal switching device is used to perform carrier modulation on a digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a subcarrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. The process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device converts the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, and the digital signal Mapping (also called loading) on the corresponding sub-carrier, and then converting the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
与前述第一种示例中的两种实现方式对应的,该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:与该第一种示例的第一种实现方式对应的,每个接收机将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,每个接收机将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;获取该接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。该接收机对应的子载波与该接收机对应的射频载波一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为频域资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the two implementation manners in the foregoing first example, the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal by each receiver includes: : Corresponding to the first implementation of the first example, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; the analog signal is demodulated by using a radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal ; Convert the demodulated analog signal to a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; and obtains a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver. The sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
在第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源。通信系统基于CDMA原理进行通信。In the second example, the electrical physical resource is a code resource. The communication system communicates based on the CDMA principle.
在第二种示例的第一种实现方式中,该光信号交换装置用于对模拟信号进行扩频调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为模拟扩频码。第一电信号为模拟信号。该将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置对该第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个该扩频码正交。In a first implementation manner of the second example, the optical signal switching device is used to perform spread spectrum modulation on an analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code. The first electrical signal is an analog signal. The process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code , the modulated first electrical signal is obtained. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal.
在第二种示例的第二种实现方式中,该光信号交换装置用于对数字信号进行扩频调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为数字扩频码。第一电信号为模拟信号。该将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号,采用对应的扩频码编码该数字信号得到扩频数字信号,再将扩频数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个该扩频码正交。In a second implementation manner of the second example, the optical signal switching device is used to perform spread spectrum modulation on a digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code. The first electrical signal is an analog signal. The process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal exchange device converts the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, and uses a corresponding expansion The frequency code encodes the digital signal to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal, and then converts the spread spectrum digital signal into an analog signal to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal.
与前述第一种示例中的两种实现方式对应的,该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:每个接收机将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码(即模拟扩频码)进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,该每个接收机将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;采用该接收机对应的扩频码(即数字扩频码)解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。该接收机对应的模拟扩频码与该接收 机对应的数字扩频码一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为码资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Corresponding to the two implementation manners in the foregoing first example, the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal by each receiver includes: : Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; demodulates the analog signal with the spread spectrum code (ie, analog spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; demodulates the analog signal after demodulation The signal is converted to a digital signal. Or, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; decodes the digital signal by using a spread spectrum code (ie, a digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain the decoded signal digital signal. The analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
第二种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同,而光信号交换装置处无需再建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。In the second way of establishing, the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter. In this second setup, the raw data is associated with different electro-physical resources at the N transmitters. In this way, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device does not need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources.
在第二种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于FDMA原理进行通信。假设频域资源为子载波,该原始数据为数字信号。则每个发射机通过以下方式生成第一光信号:该每个发射机将该数字信号映射在与该发射机对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。该N个发射机中不同发射机对应的子载波不同,且任意两个该子载波正交。In the first example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resource is a subcarrier, the original data is a digital signal. Then each transmitter generates the first optical signal in the following manner: after each transmitter maps the digital signal on the sub-carrier corresponding to the transmitter, based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier The first optical signal is generated. Subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters among the N transmitters are different, and any two of the subcarriers are orthogonal.
相应的,该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:每个接收机将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,该每个接收机将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号;将该模拟信号转换为数字信号;获取该接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。该接收机对应的子载波与该接收机对应的射频载波一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为频域资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Correspondingly, the process that each receiver obtains the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the original data carried by the second optical signal includes: each receiver converts the second optical signal into Analog signal; demodulate the analog signal by using the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal; converts the analog signal into a digital signal; and acquires a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver. The sub-carriers corresponding to the receiver correspond one-to-one with the radio frequency carriers corresponding to the receiver, and the two can be converted to each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two representations of the frequency domain resources in the digital domain and the analog domain.
在第二种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源,发射机和接收机基于CDMA原理进行通信。假设码资源为扩频码,如数字扩频码,该原始数据为数字信号。则每个发射机通过以下方式生成第一光信号:该每个发射机采用与该发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号。基于该扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。该N个发射机对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个该扩频码正交。In the second example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a code resource, and the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle. Assuming that the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code, the original data is a digital signal. Then each transmitter generates the first optical signal in the following manner: each transmitter encodes the digital signal into a spread-spectrum digital signal using a spread-spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter. The first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. The spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal.
相应的,该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:每个接收机将第二光信号转换为模拟信号;对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码(即模拟扩频码)进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号;将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。或者,该每个接收机将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号。将该模拟信号转换为数字信号。采用该接收机对应的扩频码(即数字扩频码)解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。该接收机对应的模拟扩频码与该接收机对应的数字扩频码一一对应,两者可以在数字域和模拟域相互转换,两者为码资源在数字域和模拟域的两种表现形式。Correspondingly, the process that each receiver obtains the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the original data carried by the second optical signal includes: each receiver converts the second optical signal into Analog signal; demodulate the analog signal with the corresponding spread spectrum code (ie, analog spread spectrum code) of the receiver to obtain a demodulated analog signal; convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal. Alternatively, each receiver converts the second optical signal to an analog signal. Convert this analog signal to a digital signal. The digital signal is decoded by using the spread spectrum code (ie, digital spread spectrum code) corresponding to the receiver to obtain the decoded digital signal. The analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver is in one-to-one correspondence with the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. The two can be converted into each other in the digital domain and the analog domain, and they are two manifestations of the code resources in the digital domain and the analog domain. form.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法包括:将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号。该N为大于1的正整数。基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。将该第二电信号转换为第二光信号。将该第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机。该M均为大于1的正整数。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method. The communication method includes: converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals. The N is a positive integer greater than 1. A second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals. The original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal. The second electrical signal is converted into a second optical signal. The second optical signal is broadcast to M receivers. The M is a positive integer greater than 1.
示例地,该N个发射机发送的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同。该将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号的过程,包括:对于该N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号。将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号。不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。For example, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals sent by the N transmitters are the same. The process of converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals. The first electrical signal is modulated on a corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. The electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以包括至少一个模块,该至少一个 模块可以用于实现上述第三方面或者第三方面的各种可能实现提供的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication apparatus, the communication apparatus may include at least one module, and the at least one module may be used to implement the above third aspect or various possible implementations of the communication method provided by the third aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以包括至少一个模块,该至少一个模块可以用于实现上述第四方面或者第四方面的各种可能实现提供的通信方法。例如,该通信装置包括:光电转换模块,用于将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,该N为大于1的正整数。生成模块,用于基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。电光转换模块,用于将该第二电信号转换为第二光信号。广播模块,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机,该M均为大于1的正整数。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication apparatus. The communication apparatus may include at least one module, and the at least one module may be used to implement the communication method provided by the fourth aspect or various possible implementations of the fourth aspect. For example, the communication device includes: a photoelectric conversion module for converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The generating module is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal. The electrical-optical conversion module is used for converting the second electrical signal into a second optical signal. The broadcasting module is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
在本申请实施例中,该第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源,该每个接收机用于在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。如此,可以实现发射机和接收机之间点对点、点对多点或者多点对多点的通信。其中,通信系统支持的电物理资源的数量大于或等于发射机的数量,以保证不同发射机可以分配到不同的电物理资源。In the embodiment of the present application, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, original data from different transmitters correspond to different electrical physical resources, and each receiver is used to, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, Acquire raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver. In this way, point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized. The number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信系统的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的该光信号交换装置的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的光信号交换装置的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种光信号生成结构的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal generation structure provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的光电转换模块的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic photoelectric conversion module provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种光信号交换装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种光信号交换装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种光信号交换装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程图;16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的流程示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的原理和技术方案更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the principles and technical solutions of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统10的结构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统10包括:N个发射机101,M个接收机102和光信号交换装置103。该N和该M均为大于1的正整数。发射机的数量和接收机的数量可以相等也可以不相等。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 10 includes: N transmitters 101 , M receivers 102 and an optical signal switching device 103 . Both the N and the M are positive integers greater than 1. The number of transmitters and the number of receivers may or may not be equal.
该N个发射机101中每个发射机101用于向该光信号交换装置103发送一路第一光信号。 该光信号交换装置103用于将该N个发射机101发送的N路第一光信号转换(也称转化)为N路第一电信号。基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机102。该M个接收机102中每个接收机102用于接收该光信号交换装置103发送的第二光信号,并解调该第二光信号。Each of the N transmitters 101 is configured to send a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device 103 . The optical signal switching device 103 is used for converting (also referred to as converting) the N-channel first optical signals sent by the N transmitters 101 into N-channel first electrical signals. A second optical signal is generated based on the N first electrical signals. The second optical signal is broadcast to the M receivers 102 . Each of the M receivers 102 is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device 103 and demodulate the second optical signal.
其中,第二光信号携带的原始数据和N路第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。任一光信号携带的原始数据是调制在该光信号上的数据,例如,携带在该光信号上的比特信息。第一光信号和第二光信号携带的原始数据来自于发射机的信号源。该信号源可以输出电信号,该电信号可以为模拟信号或数字信号。The original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the N-channel first optical signals. The original data carried by any optical signal is the data modulated on the optical signal, eg, the bit information carried on the optical signal. The original data carried by the first optical signal and the second optical signal come from the signal source of the transmitter. The signal source can output an electrical signal, and the electrical signal can be an analog signal or a digital signal.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信,光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置,因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In the embodiment of this application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver, thus reducing the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver.
需要说明的是,前述调制指的是发送端基于电信号输出光信号的过程;相应的,解调指的是接收端将光信号还原为电信号的过程。前述光源可以为激光光源或其他光源。在通信系统中,通常每一次电光转换需要进行一次调制过程,每一次光电转换需要进行一次解调过程。例如,前述第一光信号是发射机作为发送端通过信号调制得到的。相应的,光信号交换装置作为接收端对第一光信号进行解调得到第一电信号。第二光信号是光信号交换装置作为发送端通过信号调制得到的。相应的,接收机作为接收端对第二光信号进行解调得到所需电信号。It should be noted that the aforementioned modulation refers to the process in which the transmitting end outputs an optical signal based on the electrical signal; correspondingly, the demodulation refers to the process in which the receiving end restores the optical signal to an electrical signal. The aforementioned light source may be a laser light source or other light sources. In a communication system, usually a modulation process is required for each electro-optical conversion, and a demodulation process is required for each photoelectric conversion. For example, the aforementioned first optical signal is obtained by the transmitter acting as the transmitting end through signal modulation. Correspondingly, the optical signal switching device serves as the receiving end to demodulate the first optical signal to obtain the first electrical signal. The second optical signal is obtained through signal modulation by the optical signal switching device as the transmitting end. Correspondingly, the receiver acts as a receiving end to demodulate the second optical signal to obtain the required electrical signal.
本申请实施例的通信系统包括两个子通信系统,分别是N个发射机和光信号交换装置的接收端组成的第一子通信系统,以及光信号交换装置的发送端与M个接收机组成的第二子通信系统。在不同的应用场景中,发送端的调制机制不同和接收端的解调机制不同。相应的,由前述两个子通信系统中的每个子通信系统为不同类型的子通信系统。本申请实施例以以下两种类型的子通信系统为例进行说明:The communication system of the embodiment of the present application includes two sub-communication systems, namely a first sub-communication system composed of N transmitters and a receiving end of an optical signal switching device, and a first sub-communication system composed of a transmitting end of the optical signal switching device and M receivers. Two-child communication system. In different application scenarios, the modulation mechanism of the transmitter is different and the demodulation mechanism of the receiver is different. Correspondingly, each of the foregoing two sub-communication systems is a different type of sub-communication system. The embodiments of the present application take the following two types of sub-communication systems as examples for description:
第一种类型,该子通信系统可以为直调直检系统。直调直检系统也称强度调制和直接检测(Intensity Modulation Direct Detection,IM/DD)系统。In the first type, the sub-communication system can be a direct adjustment and direct inspection system. Direct modulation direct detection system is also called Intensity Modulation and Direct Detection (Intensity Modulation Direct Detection, IM/DD) system.
在直调直检系统中,发送端用于调制光信号的强度(即对光信号进行强度调制)以得到调制后的光信号。接收端用于采用光探测器直接检测接收到的光信号。该光探测器可以为光电二极管探测器(Photodiode Detector,PD),或雪崩光电二极管探测器(Avalanche Photodiode Detectors,APD)。In the direct adjustment and direct detection system, the transmitting end is used to modulate the intensity of the optical signal (ie, perform intensity modulation on the optical signal) to obtain the modulated optical signal. The receiving end is used to directly detect the received optical signal by using a photodetector. The light detector may be a photodiode detector (Photodiode Detector, PD), or an avalanche photodiode detector (Avalanche Photodiode Detectors, APD).
第二种类型,该子通信系统为相干通信系统。示例地,该相干通信系统可以为偏振复用相干系统。例如,偏振分割多路复用(Polarization Division Multiplexing,PDM)-正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,QPSK)系统。In the second type, the sub-communication system is a coherent communication system. For example, the coherent communication system may be a polarization multiplexing coherent system. For example, Polarization Division Multiplexing (PDM)-Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) system.
在相干通信系统中,发送端用于采用光信号进行调制以得到调制后的光信号。例如,对光信号的强度进行直接调制得到调制后的光信号。或者,对光信号进行相干调制得到调制后的光信号。示例地,该相干调制为QPSK调制。接收端用于采用光信号对接收到的光信号进行相干接收,并对接收的光信号进行解调。其中,相干接收过程可以包括:将接收到的光信号与一本振(Local Oscillator)光信号进行相干耦合后,采用相干接收机(也称平衡接收机)对耦合后的光信号进行探测,得到探测到的光信号。In a coherent communication system, the transmitting end is used to perform modulation with an optical signal to obtain a modulated optical signal. For example, the intensity of the optical signal is directly modulated to obtain a modulated optical signal. Alternatively, a modulated optical signal is obtained by coherently modulating the optical signal. Illustratively, the coherent modulation is QPSK modulation. The receiving end is used for coherently receiving the received optical signal by using the optical signal, and demodulating the received optical signal. The coherent receiving process may include: after coherently coupling the received optical signal with a local oscillator (Local Oscillator) optical signal, using a coherent receiver (also called a balanced receiver) to detect the coupled optical signal, and obtaining detected light signal.
如前所述,无论第一子通信系统是直调直检系统还是相干通信系统,在该第一子通信系统中,每个发射机101都需要采用光信号进行调制得到该第一光信号。在一种可选示例中, 该通信系统包括与N个发射机101一一对应的N个光源,每个光源用于向对应的发射机101提供光信号,以供该发射机101采用该光信号进行调制。在另一种可选示例中,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统10的结构示意图。该通信系统10还包括该N个发射机101共用的第一光源池104。该每个发射机101用于采用该第一光源池104提供的光信号进行调制得到该第一光信号。示例地,每个发射机101分别通过光纤与该第一光源池连接,通过该光纤接收第一光源池传输的光信号。由于单个光源的制造成本较高,且容易损坏。本申请通过共用第一光源池,可以实现光源的集中管理和维护,方便在光源出现故障时进行及时地故障诊断,降低光源使用和维护成本,提高光源的安全性和可靠性。并且,该第一光源池可以包括一个或多个光源,第一光源池包括的光源可以一体化封装。例如封装成为一个可以发出一路或多路光信号的光芯片或光模块。如此,可以节约制造成本。进一步的,若该第一光源池包括的光源的数量小于N,相对于为每个发射机101设置一个光源的情况,可以减少通信系统中发射机101所使用的光源数量,节约使用成本。As mentioned above, no matter whether the first sub-communication system is a direct modulation and direct detection system or a coherent communication system, in the first sub-communication system, each transmitter 101 needs to use an optical signal to modulate to obtain the first optical signal. In an optional example, the communication system includes N light sources corresponding to the N transmitters 101 one-to-one, and each light source is configured to provide an optical signal to the corresponding transmitter 101 for the transmitter 101 to use the light source The signal is modulated. In another optional example, as shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 10 further includes a first light source pool 104 shared by the N transmitters 101 . Each of the transmitters 101 is used for modulating the optical signal provided by the first light source pool 104 to obtain the first optical signal. Exemplarily, each transmitter 101 is respectively connected to the first light source pool through an optical fiber, and receives the optical signal transmitted by the first light source pool through the optical fiber. Because the manufacturing cost of a single light source is high, and it is easy to be damaged. By sharing the first light source pool, the present application can realize centralized management and maintenance of the light source, facilitate timely fault diagnosis when the light source fails, reduce the use and maintenance cost of the light source, and improve the safety and reliability of the light source. Moreover, the first light source pool may include one or more light sources, and the light sources included in the first light source pool may be integrally packaged. For example, it is packaged into an optical chip or optical module that can send out one or more optical signals. In this way, the manufacturing cost can be saved. Further, if the number of light sources included in the first light source pool is less than N, compared with the case where one light source is provided for each transmitter 101, the number of light sources used by the transmitter 101 in the communication system can be reduced, and the use cost can be saved.
当第二子通信系统为相干通信系统时,每个接收机102都需要采用光信号对该第二光信号进行信号解调。如采用光信号对第二光信号进行相干接收,并对接收的第二光信号进行解调。在一种可选示例中,该通信系统包括与M个接收机102一一对应的M个光源。每个光源用于向对应的接收机102提供光信号,以供该接收机102采用该光信号进行第二光信号的解调。在另一种可选示例中,如图3所示,图3是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信系统10的结构示意图。该通信系统还包括该M个接收机102共用的第二光源池105。该每个接收机102用于采用该第二光源池105提供的光信号对该第二光信号进行信号解调。示例地,每个接收机102分别通过光纤与该第二光源池连接。通过该光纤接收第二光源池传输的光信号。参考前述第一光源池的效果。本申请通过共用第二光源池,可以实现光源的集中管理和维护,方便在光源出现故障时进行及时地故障诊断。降低光源使用和维护成本,提高光源的安全性和可靠性。并且,该第二光源池可以包括一个或多个光源,第二光源池包括的光源可以一体化封装。例如封装成为一个可以发出一路或多路光信号的光芯片或光模块。如此,可以节约制造成本。进一步的,若该第二光源池包括的光源的数量小于M,相对于为每个接收机102设置一个光源的情况,可以减少通信系统中接收机102所使用的光源数量,节约使用成本。When the second sub-communication system is a coherent communication system, each receiver 102 needs to use an optical signal to demodulate the second optical signal. For example, the optical signal is used to coherently receive the second optical signal, and the received second optical signal is demodulated. In an optional example, the communication system includes M light sources corresponding to the M receivers 102 one-to-one. Each light source is configured to provide an optical signal to the corresponding receiver 102 for the receiver 102 to use the optical signal to demodulate the second optical signal. In another optional example, as shown in FIG. 3 , FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of still another communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system further includes a second light source pool 105 shared by the M receivers 102 . Each receiver 102 is configured to perform signal demodulation on the second optical signal using the optical signal provided by the second light source pool 105 . Illustratively, each receiver 102 is respectively connected to the second light source pool through an optical fiber. The optical signal transmitted by the second light source pool is received through the optical fiber. Refer to the effect of the aforementioned first light source pool. In the present application, by sharing the second light source pool, centralized management and maintenance of the light source can be realized, which facilitates timely fault diagnosis when the light source fails. Reduce the use and maintenance costs of light sources, and improve the safety and reliability of light sources. Moreover, the second light source pool may include one or more light sources, and the light sources included in the second light source pool may be integrally packaged. For example, it is packaged into an optical chip or optical module that can send out one or more optical signals. In this way, the manufacturing cost can be saved. Further, if the number of light sources included in the second light source pool is less than M, compared to the case where one light source is provided for each receiver 102, the number of light sources used by the receiver 102 in the communication system can be reduced, thereby saving usage costs.
前述第一光源池中的光源的类型可以相同也可以不同。前述第二光源池中的光源的类型可以相同也可以不同。若光源池中的光源类型相同,可以进一步便于光源的管理。另外,在相干通信系统中,若N个发射机共用的第一光源池104,M个接收机共用的第二光源池105,该第一光源池104和第二光源池105还可以集成为同一光源池。如此可以进一步节约使用和维护成本。The types of light sources in the aforementioned first light source pool may be the same or different. The types of light sources in the aforementioned second light source pool may be the same or different. If the light sources in the light source pools are of the same type, the management of the light sources can be further facilitated. In addition, in the coherent communication system, if the first light source pool 104 shared by N transmitters and the second light source pool 105 shared by M receivers, the first light source pool 104 and the second light source pool 105 can also be integrated into the same Light pool. This can further save the use and maintenance costs.
本申请实施例提供的通信系统,该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机101的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源。该每个接收机102用于在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机102对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。如此,可以实现发射机和接收机之间点对点、点对多点或者多点对多点的通信。其中,通信系统支持的电物理资源的数量大于或等于发射机的数量,以保证不同发射机可以分配到不同的电物理资源。In the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data from different transmitters 101 correspond to different electrical physical resources. Each receiver 102 is configured to acquire, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver 102 . In this way, point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-multipoint communication between the transmitter and the receiver can be realized. The number of electrical physical resources supported by the communication system is greater than or equal to the number of transmitters, so as to ensure that different transmitters can be allocated to different electrical physical resources.
其中,前述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机101的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源可以通过建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系来实现。该关联关系的建立过程可以由光信号交换装置103执行,也可以由N个发射机101执行。本申请实施例以以下两种建立方式为例进行说明。Among the raw data carried by the aforementioned second optical signal, raw data from different transmitters 101 corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources. The process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by the optical signal switching device 103 , or may be performed by the N transmitters 101 . The embodiments of the present application take the following two establishment manners as examples for description.
第一种建立方式,不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置103建立。在该第一种建立方式中,N个发射机101处并未将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此可以视为该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同。或者,该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号与电物理资源不相关。通过光信号交换装置集中建立不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系可以实现数据的集中处理,便于管理。In the first establishment manner, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device 103 . In this first setup, the N transmitters 101 do not associate raw data with different electrical physical resources. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are the same. Alternatively, the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are not related to electrical physical resources. Centralized data processing can be achieved by centrally establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources through the optical signal switching device, which is convenient for management.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的该光信号交换装置103的结构示意图。如图4所示,该光信号交换装置103包括:N个光电转换模块1031,N个资源调制模块1032,光信号生成结构1033以及广播结构1034。该N个光电转换模块1031分别与N个发射机101一一对应。该N个资源调制模块1032分别与该N个光电转换模块1031一一对应。图4以N=3为例进行说明,但并不对N的数量进行限定。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of the optical signal switching device 103 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the optical signal switching device 103 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 , N resource modulation modules 1032 , an optical signal generating structure 1033 and a broadcasting structure 1034 . The N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters 101 respectively. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are in one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 respectively. FIG. 4 takes N=3 as an example for description, but the number of N is not limited.
该N个光电转换模块1031用于将对应的发射机101发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块1032。示例地,每个光电转换模块1031可以采用直接接收或相干接收的方式接收该第一光信号,并将其转换为第一电信号。该N个资源调制模块1032用于将接收的第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构1033。其中,不同的资源调制模块1032产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。由于不同发射机101发送的第一电信号均携带原始数据,通过N个资源调制模块1032将接收的第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上。可以实现不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联。该光信号生成结构1033,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号(即前述N路调制后的第一电信号)生成一路第二光信号。该广播结构1034,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机102。The N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter 101 into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 . For example, each photoelectric conversion module 1031 may receive the first optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception, and convert it into a first electrical signal. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 . The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by different resource modulation modules 1032 are different. Since the first electrical signals sent by different transmitters 101 all carry original data, the N resource modulation modules 1032 modulate the received first electrical signals onto corresponding electrical physical resources. The association of raw data of different transmitters 101 with different electrophysical resources can be achieved. The optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate one channel of the second optical signal based on the received N channels of the first electrical signals (ie, the aforementioned N channels of modulated first electrical signals). The broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers 102 .
其中,前述资源调制模块1032可以通过多种方式确定第一电信号对应的电物理资源。例如,每个资源调制模块1032预先配置有自身对应的电物理资源。在接收到第一电信号时,将自身对应的电物理资源作为第一电信号对应的电物理资源。又例如,每个资源调制模块1032预先配置有发射机与电物理资源的第一对应关系。在接收到第一电信号时,查询该第一对应关系,得到发送该第一电信号的发射机所对应的电物理资源,将查询得到的电物理资源确定为第一电信号对应的电物理资源。再例如,每个发射机发送的第一光信号还携带地址数据。该地址数据包括在原始数据的基础上添加的目的地址。相应的,每个资源调制模块在接收第一电信号后,解析第一电信号携带的地址数据,基于该地址数据指示的地址查询地址与电物理资源的对应关系,将查询得到的电物理资源作为第一电信号对应的电物理资源。The aforementioned resource modulation module 1032 may determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal in various ways. For example, each resource modulation module 1032 is pre-configured with its own corresponding electrical physical resource. When receiving the first electrical signal, use the electrical physical resource corresponding to itself as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal. For another example, each resource modulation module 1032 is preconfigured with a first correspondence between transmitters and electrical physical resources. When the first electrical signal is received, the first correspondence is inquired to obtain the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter sending the first electrical signal, and the electrical physical resource obtained by the inquiry is determined as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal resource. For another example, the first optical signal sent by each transmitter also carries address data. The address data includes the destination address added on the basis of the original data. Correspondingly, after receiving the first electrical signal, each resource modulation module parses the address data carried by the first electrical signal, and based on the correspondence between the address indicated by the address data and the electrical physical resource, the electrical physical resource obtained by the query is queried. as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the first electrical signal.
前述电物理资源与光载波不同,该电物理资源在不同应用场景中可以为不同的通信资源。相应的,通信系统中的信号传输原理也不同。本申请实施例以以下两种可选示例为例进行说明:The aforementioned electrical physical resources are different from optical carriers, and the electrical physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios. Correspondingly, the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different. This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
在第一种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)原理进行通信。In the first example of the first establishment manner, the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the principle of Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA).
在该第一种示例的第一种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块1032用于对模拟信号进行载波调制。电物理资源为射频(Radio Frequency,RF)载波,第一电信号为模拟信号,如电压信号。N个资源调制模块1032,用于对接收的第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号。例如,N个资源调制模块1032用于调制N路第一电信号的射频载波为不同频率的单频信号。如此,实现N个资源调制模块1032产生的调制后的任意两个 第一电信号正交。需要说明的是,在模拟域中,将模拟信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制指的是基于该模拟信号对射频载波的幅度或强度进行调制。In the first implementation manner of the first example, the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a radio frequency (Radio Frequency, RF) carrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to perform carrier modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. For example, the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to modulate the radio frequency carriers of the N first electrical signals to be single-frequency signals of different frequencies. In this way, any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules 1032 are realized to be orthogonal. It should be noted that, in the analog domain, using the corresponding radio frequency carrier to perform carrier modulation on the analog signal refers to modulating the amplitude or intensity of the radio frequency carrier based on the analog signal.
则与该第一种示例的第一种实现方式对应的,每个接收机102还用于执行以下步骤:Then, corresponding to the first implementation manner of the first example, each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
A1、接收第二光信号,并将接收的第二光信号转换为模拟信号。A1. Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
示例地,每个接收机102可以采用直接接收或相干接收的方式接收该第二光信号。参考前述第一种示例的第一种实现方式中N个资源调制模块1032的动作。由于在光信号交换装置侧,第一电信号为模拟信号,第二光信号是基于N路调制后的第一电信号得到的,则接收机将接收的第二光信号转换得到的模拟信号包括该N路调制后的第一电信号。For example, each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception. Refer to the actions of the N resource modulation modules 1032 in the first implementation manner of the foregoing first example. Since on the side of the optical signal switching device, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the second optical signal is obtained based on the first electrical signal modulated by N channels, the analog signal obtained by the receiver converting the received second optical signal includes: The N-channel modulated first electrical signal.
A2、对模拟信号采用接收机对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号。A2. Use the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver to demodulate the analog signal to obtain a demodulated analog signal.
由于该模拟信号包括该N路调制后的第一电信号,接收机可以采用接收机102对应的射频载波进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号。该解调后的模拟信号包括该接收机对应的射频载波能够解调的一路或多路模拟信号。Since the analog signal includes the N modulated first electrical signals, the receiver can use the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver 102 to perform demodulation to obtain the demodulated analog signal. The demodulated analog signal includes one or more analog signals that can be demodulated by the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver.
A3、将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。A3. Convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
示例地,每个接收机可以通过对解调后的模拟信号进行模拟到数字变换(Analog to Digital Conversion,ADC)采样或时钟数据恢复(clock data recovery,CDR)采样得到数字信号。For example, each receiver can obtain a digital signal by performing analog to digital conversion (Analog to Digital Conversion, ADC) sampling or clock data recovery (clock data recovery, CDR) sampling on the demodulated analog signal.
在该第一种示例的第二种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块1032用于对数字信号进行载波调制。电物理资源为子载波,第一电信号为模拟信号。N个资源调制模块1032,用于将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号,将该数字信号映射(也称加载)在对应的子载波上,再将映射在子载波上的数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。其中,前述将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号的过程可以包括:通过对接收的第一电信号进行ADC采样得到数字信号;或者,通过对接收的第一电信号进行CDR采样得到数字信号。In the second implementation manner of the first example, the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform carrier modulation on the digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a subcarrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, map (also referred to as loading) the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier, and then convert the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier into a digital signal. analog signal to obtain the modulated first electrical signal. The aforementioned process of converting the received first electrical signal into a digital signal may include: obtaining a digital signal by performing ADC sampling on the received first electrical signal; or obtaining a digital signal by performing CDR sampling on the received first electrical signal .
例如,N个资源调制模块1032中与N个数字信号对应的子载波不同,且任意两个子载波正交。如此,实现N个资源调制模块1032产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。需要说明的是,在数字域中,将数字信号映射在对应的子载波上指的是将该数字信号与子载波相乘,该过程称为载波调制。For example, the subcarriers corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules 1032 are different, and any two subcarriers are orthogonal. In this way, any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules 1032 are realized to be orthogonal. It should be noted that, in the digital domain, mapping the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier refers to multiplying the digital signal by the subcarrier, and this process is called carrier modulation.
则与该第一种示例的第二种实现方式相应的,每个接收机102还用于执行以下步骤:Then, corresponding to the second implementation manner of the first example, each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
B1、接收第二光信号,并将接收的第二光信号转换为模拟信号。B1. Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
示例地,每个接收机102可以采用直接接收或相干接收的方式接收该第二光信号。For example, each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
B2、将该模拟信号转换为数字信号。B2. Convert the analog signal into a digital signal.
示例地,每个接收机可以通过对模拟信号进行ADC采样或CDR采样得到数字信号。参考前述第一种示例的第二种实现方式中N个资源调制模块1032的动作,第二光信号是基于N路映射在子载波上的数字信号所转换得到的模拟信号调制得到的,因此转换得到的数字信号包括N路映射在子载波上的数字信号。For example, each receiver can obtain a digital signal by ADC sampling or CDR sampling of an analog signal. Referring to the actions of the N resource modulation modules 1032 in the second implementation manner of the foregoing first example, the second optical signal is modulated based on the analog signal converted from the N channels of digital signals mapped on the subcarriers, so the conversion The obtained digital signal includes N channels of digital signals mapped on subcarriers.
B3、获取转换得到的数字信号中接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。B3. Acquire the digital signal on the sub-carrier corresponding to the receiver in the converted digital signal.
参考B2,每个接收机获取对应的子载波上的数字信号的过程包括:在该N路映射在子载波上的数字信号中选择自身对应的一路或多路数字信号(即自身对应的子载波上映射的数字信号)的过程。由于模拟信号和数字信号实际上是原始数据的不同表现形式,接收机根据自身需求可以将得到的数字信号转换得到模拟信号作为所需获取的原始数据,也可以不再对该数字信号进行处理,直接将该得到的数字信号作为所需获取的原始数据。Referring to B2, the process of each receiver acquiring the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier includes: selecting one or more digital signals corresponding to itself from the N digital signals mapped on the subcarrier (that is, the subcarrier corresponding to itself). on the mapped digital signal). Since the analog signal and the digital signal are actually different representations of the original data, the receiver can convert the obtained digital signal to obtain the analog signal as the original data to be obtained according to its own needs, or it can no longer process the digital signal. The obtained digital signal is directly used as the raw data to be acquired.
前述第一种示例的第一种实现方式中,是以光信号交换装置在模拟域对模拟信号形式的 第一电信号进行载波调制,接收机在模拟域对模拟信号进行解调为例进行说明;前述第一种示例的第二种实现方式中,是以光信号交换装置在数字域对数字信号形式的第一电信号进行载波调制,接收机在数字域对数字信号进行解调为例进行说明。该两种可选实现方式中,光信号交换装置实际对携带相同原始数据的第一电信号的处理结果相同,也即是无论在模拟域进行载波调制还是在数字域进行载波调制,N个资源调制模块1032输出的调制后的第一电信号相同,则后续生成的第二光信号也相同。相应的,M个接收机在将接收的第二电信号转换为模拟信号后,无论在模拟域进行解调还是在数字域进行解调,最终得到的数字信号相同。也即是,与前述第一种示例的两种可选实现方式相应的,M个接收机可以执行前述步骤A1至A3,也可以执行前述步骤B1至B3,最终处理得到的数字信号相同。其中,对于同一接收机,步骤A2中接收机对应的射频载波与步骤B3中接收机对应的子载波可以一一对应转换。In the first implementation manner of the foregoing first example, the optical signal switching device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of an analog signal in the analog domain, and the receiver demodulates the analog signal in the analog domain as an example for description. In the second implementation manner of the aforementioned first example, the optical signal switching device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of a digital signal in the digital domain, and the receiver demodulates the digital signal in the digital domain. illustrate. In the two optional implementation manners, the actual processing result of the optical signal switching device on the first electrical signal carrying the same original data is the same, that is, whether the carrier modulation is performed in the analog domain or the carrier modulation is performed in the digital domain, the N resources If the modulated first electrical signals output by the modulation module 1032 are the same, the second optical signals generated subsequently are also the same. Correspondingly, after the M receivers convert the received second electrical signal into an analog signal, whether demodulation is performed in the analog domain or the demodulation is performed in the digital domain, the digital signal finally obtained is the same. That is, corresponding to the two optional implementation manners of the foregoing first example, the M receivers may execute the foregoing steps A1 to A3, or may execute the foregoing steps B1 to B3, and the digital signals obtained by final processing are the same. Wherein, for the same receiver, the radio frequency carrier corresponding to the receiver in step A2 and the subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in step B3 may be converted in a one-to-one correspondence.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图。图5假设N=3,M=3,其中,3个发射机分别为发射机1011至1013,3个接收机分别为发射机1021至1023。图5中,在模拟域,横线上的每个梯形表示一个射频载波,横线上的带有阴影的梯形表示采用一个射频载波调制后的模拟信号,表示该频率的射频载波被占用;空白的梯形表示未被占用的射频载波,即空闲射频载波。在数字域,横线上的每个梯形表示一个子载波,横线上的带有阴影的梯形表示映射有数字信号的子载波,表明该子载波被占用。空白的梯形表示未映射有数字信号的子载波,表明该子载波未被占用,也即是该子载波为空闲子载波。下面以光信号交换装置在模拟域进行载波调制,接收机在数字域进行数字信号解调(即执行前述步骤B1至B3)为例对图5进行说明,图5示意性地示出了4个频率不同的射频载波,分别为射频载波a、b、c和d。假设来自发射机1011至1013的原始数据x1、x2和x3分别与射频载波a、b和c对应,接收机1021至1023分别与射频载波a、b和c对应。以光信号交换装置103对来自发射机1011的原始数据x1进行处理为例。结合图4可知,在光信号交换装置103中,与发射机1011对应的光电转换模块1031将该发射机1011发送的携带原始数据x1的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块1032;该资源调制模块1032将接收的第一电信号采用射频载波a调制,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构1033。来自发射机1012和1013的原始数据x2和x3的处理方式同理。最终,与发射机1011至1013对应的资源调制模块1032输出的调制后的第一电信号分别为调制在射频载波a、b和c上的,且分别携带原始数据x1、x2和x3的3路第一电信号。该光信号生成结构1033,用于基于接收的3路调制后的第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,该第二光信号包括分别调制在射频载波a、b和c上的原始数据x1、x2和x3。该广播结构1034,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该3个接收机102。该每个接收机102将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,该模拟信号包括前述调制在射频载波a、b和c上的模拟信号形式的原始数据x1、x2和x3;接收机将该模拟信号转换为数字信号后,会得到映射在与射频载波a、b和c分别对应的子载波上的数字信号形式的原始数据x1、x2、x3。则接收机1021至1023分别在射频载波a、b和c对应的子载波上,获取数字信号形式的原始数据x1、x2、x3。通过上述过程,实现了发射机1011到接收机1021之间的点到点的数据传输,发射机1012到接收机1022之间的点到点的数据传输,以及发射机1013到接收机1023之间的点到点的数据传输。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 5 assumes that N=3 and M=3, wherein the three transmitters are transmitters 1011 to 1013 respectively, and the three receivers are transmitters 1021 to 1023 respectively. In Figure 5, in the analog domain, each trapezoid on the horizontal line represents a radio frequency carrier, and the shaded trapezoid on the horizontal line represents an analog signal modulated by a radio frequency carrier, indicating that the radio frequency carrier of this frequency is occupied; blank The trapezoid represents an unoccupied radio frequency carrier, that is, an idle radio frequency carrier. In the digital domain, each trapezoid on the horizontal line represents a sub-carrier, and the shaded trapezoid on the horizontal line represents the sub-carrier to which the digital signal is mapped, indicating that the sub-carrier is occupied. A blank trapezoid represents a subcarrier that is not mapped with a digital signal, indicating that the subcarrier is not occupied, that is, the subcarrier is an idle subcarrier. Fig. 5 is illustrated below by taking the optical signal switching device performing carrier modulation in the analog domain, and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (that is, performing the aforementioned steps B1 to B3) as an example. Fig. 5 schematically shows four The radio frequency carriers with different frequencies are respectively radio frequency carriers a, b, c and d. Assume that the raw data x1, x2 and x3 from transmitters 1011 to 1013 correspond to radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively, and receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively. Take the optical signal switching device 103 processing the original data x1 from the transmitter 1011 as an example. 4 , in the optical signal switching device 103 , the photoelectric conversion module 1031 corresponding to the transmitter 1011 converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, and converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, An electrical signal is transmitted to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 ; the resource modulation module 1032 modulates the received first electrical signal with radio frequency carrier a, and transmits the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 . The raw data x2 and x3 from transmitters 1012 and 1013 are processed in the same way. Finally, the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation modules 1032 corresponding to the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are modulated on the radio frequency carriers a, b and c, respectively, and carry three channels of original data x1, x2 and x3 respectively. first electrical signal. The optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the received three modulated first electrical signals, where the second optical signal includes the original data x1, x2 and x3. The broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the three receivers 102 . The each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal comprising the aforementioned original data x1, x2 and x3 in the form of analog signals modulated on radio frequency carriers a, b and c; After the signal is converted into a digital signal, the original data x1, x2, and x3 in the form of digital signals that are mapped on the sub-carriers corresponding to the radio frequency carriers a, b, and c, respectively, will be obtained. Then, the receivers 1021 to 1023 respectively acquire the original data x1, x2, and x3 in the form of digital signals on the sub-carriers corresponding to the radio frequency carriers a, b, and c. Through the above process, point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized. point-to-point data transfer.
在第一种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源。通信系统基于码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)原理进行通信。In the second example of the first establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a code resource. The communication system communicates based on the principle of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
在该第二种示例的第一种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块1032用于对模拟信号进行扩频 调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为模拟扩频码,如二电平序列电信号。第一电信号为模拟信号,如电压信号。N个资源调制模块1032,用于对接收的第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号。该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个所述扩频码正交。In the first implementation manner of the second example, the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the analog signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is an analog spreading code, such as a two-level sequence electrical signal. The first electrical signal is an analog signal, such as a voltage signal. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to perform spread spectrum modulation on the received first electrical signal using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spreading codes corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal.
则与该第二种示例的第一种实现方式中对应的,每个接收机102还用于执行以下步骤:Then, corresponding to the first implementation manner of the second example, each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
C1、接收第二光信号,并将接收的第二光信号转换为模拟信号。C1. Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
示例地,每个接收机102可以采用直接接收或相干接收的方式接收该第二光信号。参考前述第二种示例的第一种实现方式中N个资源调制模块1032的动作。由于在光信号交换装置侧,第一电信号为模拟信号,第二光信号是基于N路调制后的第一电信号得到的,则接收机将接收的第二光信号转换得到的模拟信号包括该N路调制后的第一电信号。For example, each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception. Refer to the actions of the N resource modulation modules 1032 in the first implementation manner of the foregoing second example. Since on the side of the optical signal switching device, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the second optical signal is obtained based on the first electrical signal modulated by N channels, the analog signal obtained by the receiver converting the received second optical signal includes: The N-channel modulated first electrical signal.
C2、对模拟信号采用接收机对应的扩频码进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号。C2. Use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to demodulate the analog signal to obtain a demodulated analog signal.
由于该模拟信号包括该N路调制后的第一电信号,接收机可以采用接收机102对应的扩频码进行解调得到解调后的模拟信号。该解调后的模拟信号包括该接收机对应的扩频码能够解调的一路或多路模拟信号。该扩频码为模拟扩频码。Since the analog signal includes the N modulated first electrical signals, the receiver can use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 to perform demodulation to obtain the demodulated analog signal. The demodulated analog signal includes one or more analog signals that can be demodulated by the corresponding spreading code of the receiver. The spreading code is an analog spreading code.
C3、将解调后的模拟信号转换为数字信号。C3. Convert the demodulated analog signal into a digital signal.
步骤C3可以参考前述步骤A3,本申请实施例对此不做赘述。For step C3, reference may be made to the foregoing step A3, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
在该第二种示例的第二种实现方式中,N个资源调制模块1032用于对数字信号进行扩频调制。电物理资源为扩频码,该扩频码为数字扩频码,如数字序列。第一电信号为模拟信号。N个资源调制模块1032,用于将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号,采用对应的扩频码编码该数字信号得到扩频数字信号,再将扩频数字信号转换为模拟信号,得到调制后的第一电信号。例如,N个资源调制模块1032中与N个数字信号对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个扩频码正交。如此,实现N个资源调制模块1032产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。需要说明的是,在数字域中,采用扩频码对数字信进行编码的过程称为扩频调制。其中,前述将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号的过程可以包括:通过对接收的第一电信号进行模拟到数字变换ADC采样得到数字信号;或者,通过对接收的第一电信号进行CDR采样得到数字信号。In the second implementation manner of the second example, the N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to perform spread spectrum modulation on the digital signal. The electrical physical resource is a spreading code, which is a digital spreading code, such as a digital sequence. The first electrical signal is an analog signal. The N resource modulation modules 1032 are configured to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal, encode the digital signal with a corresponding spread spectrum code to obtain a spread spectrum digital signal, and then convert the spread spectrum digital signal into an analog signal to obtain a modulation after the first electrical signal. For example, the spreading codes corresponding to the N digital signals in the N resource modulation modules 1032 are different, and any two spreading codes are orthogonal. In this way, any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules 1032 are realized to be orthogonal. It should be noted that, in the digital domain, the process of using a spreading code to encode a digital signal is called spread spectrum modulation. Wherein, the aforementioned process of converting the received first electrical signal into a digital signal may include: obtaining a digital signal by performing analog-to-digital conversion ADC sampling on the received first electrical signal; or, performing CDR on the received first electrical signal Sampling to obtain a digital signal.
与前述第二种示例的第二种实现方式对应的,每个接收机102还用于执行以下步骤:Corresponding to the second implementation manner of the foregoing second example, each receiver 102 is further configured to perform the following steps:
D1、接收第二光信号,并将接收的第二光信号转换为模拟信号。D1. Receive a second optical signal, and convert the received second optical signal into an analog signal.
示例地,每个接收机102可以采用直接接收或相干接收的方式接收该第二光信号。For example, each receiver 102 may receive the second optical signal by means of direct reception or coherent reception.
D2、将该模拟信号转换为数字信号。D2. Convert the analog signal into a digital signal.
示例地,每个接收机可以通过对模拟信号进行ADC采样或CDR采样得到数字信号。参考前述第二种示例的第二种实现方式中N个资源调制模块1032的动作,第二光信号是基于N路扩频数字信号所转换得到的模拟信号调制得到的,因此转换得到的数字信号包括N路扩频数字信号。For example, each receiver can obtain a digital signal by ADC sampling or CDR sampling of an analog signal. Referring to the actions of the N resource modulation modules 1032 in the second implementation manner of the foregoing second example, the second optical signal is modulated based on the analog signal converted from the N channels of spread spectrum digital signals, so the converted digital signal Including N channels of spread spectrum digital signals.
D3、采用该接收机对应的扩频码解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。D3. Decode the digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to obtain a decoded digital signal.
参考D2,接收机102基于对应的扩频码解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号的过程包括:基于对应的扩频码解码该N路扩频数字信号的过程。由于不同的扩频码相互正交,因此,接收机102对应的扩频码能够解码的数字信号是:数字域中,光信号交换装置采用相同扩频码编码得到的扩频数字信号。由于模拟信号和数字信号实际上是原始数据的不同表现形式,接收机根据自身需求可以将得到的数字信号转换得到模拟信号作为所需获取的原始数据,也 可以不再对该得到的数字信号进行处理,直接将该数字信号作为所需获取的原始数据。Referring to D2, the process of the receiver 102 decoding the digital signal based on the corresponding spreading code to obtain the decoded digital signal includes: decoding the N channels of the spreading digital signal based on the corresponding spreading code. Since different spread spectrum codes are mutually orthogonal, the digital signal that can be decoded by the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 is a spread spectrum digital signal encoded by the optical signal switching apparatus using the same spread spectrum code in the digital domain. Since the analog signal and the digital signal are actually different representations of the original data, the receiver can convert the obtained digital signal to obtain the analog signal as the original data to be obtained according to its own needs, or it can no longer perform any further processing on the obtained digital signal. processing, and directly use the digital signal as the raw data to be acquired.
前述第二种示例的第一种实现方式中,是以光信号交换装置在模拟域对模拟信号形式的第一电信号进行扩频调制,接收机在模拟域对模拟信号进行解调为例进行说明;前述第一种示例的第二种实现方式中,是以光信号交换装置在数字域对数字信号形式的第一电信号进行扩频调制,接收机在数字域对数字信号进行解调为例进行说明。该两种可选实现方式中,光信号交换装置实际对携带相同原始数据的第一电信号的处理结果相同,也即是无论在模拟域进行载波调制还是在数字域进行扩频调制,N个资源调制模块1032输出的调制后的第一电信号相同,则后续生成的第二光信号也相同。相应的,M个接收机在将接收的第二电信号转换为模拟信号后,无论在模拟域进行解调还是在数字域进行解调,最终得到的数字信号相同。也即是,与前述第一种示例的两种可选实现方式对应的,M个接收机可以执行前述步骤C1至C3,也可以执行前述步骤D1至D3,最终处理得到的数字信号相同。其中,对于同一接收机,步骤C2中接收机对应的模拟扩频码与步骤D3中接收机对应的数字扩频码可以一一对应转换。In the first implementation manner of the foregoing second example, the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of an analog signal in the analog domain, and the receiver demodulates the analog signal in the analog domain. Explanation: In the second implementation manner of the foregoing first example, the optical signal switching device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal in the form of a digital signal in the digital domain, and the receiver demodulates the digital signal in the digital domain as example to illustrate. In the two optional implementation manners, the actual processing result of the optical signal switching device on the first electrical signal carrying the same original data is the same, that is, whether the carrier modulation is performed in the analog domain or the spread spectrum modulation is performed in the digital domain, N If the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation module 1032 are the same, the second optical signals generated subsequently are also the same. Correspondingly, after the M receivers convert the received second electrical signal into an analog signal, whether demodulation is performed in the analog domain or the demodulation is performed in the digital domain, the digital signal finally obtained is the same. That is, corresponding to the two optional implementation manners of the foregoing first example, the M receivers may execute the foregoing steps C1 to C3, or may execute the foregoing steps D1 to D3, and the digital signals obtained by final processing are the same. Wherein, for the same receiver, the analog spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver in step C2 and the digital spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver in step D3 can be converted in a one-to-one correspondence.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图。图6假设N=3,M=4,其中,3个发射机分别为发射机1011至1013,4个接收机分别为发射机1021至1024。下面以光信号交换装置在模拟域进行扩频调制,接收机在数字域进行数字信号解调(即执行前述步骤C1至C3)为例对图6进行说明。图6中,假设来自发射机1011至1013的原始数据x1、x2和x3分别与模拟扩频码e、f和g对应,接收机1021和1022分别与模拟扩频码e和f对应,接收机1023和1024均与模拟扩频码g对应。以光信号交换装置103对来自发射机1011的原始数据x1进行处理为例。结合图4可知,在光信号交换装置103中,与发射机1011对应的光电转换模块1031将该发射机1011发送的携带原始数据x1的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块1032;该资源调制模块1032将接收的第一电信号采用模拟扩频码e调制,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构1033。来自发射机1012和1013的原始数据x2和x3的处理方式同理。最终,与发射机1011至1013对应的资源调制模块1032输出的调制后的第一电信号分别为:经过模拟扩频码e、f和g调制的,且分别携带原始数据x1、x2和x3的3路调制后的第一电信号x1e、x2f和x3g。该光信号生成结构1033,用于基于接收的3路调制后的第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,该第二光信号包括分别调制后的第一电信号x1e、x2f和x3g。该广播结构1034,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该4个接收机102。该每个接收机102将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,该模拟信号包括前述调制后的第一电信号x1e、x2f和x3g;接收机将该模拟信号转换为数字信号,该数字信号包括与调制后的第一电信号x1e、x2f和x3g对应的3路扩频数字信号。则接收机1021至1024分别采用模拟扩频码e、f和g对应的数字扩频码解码3路扩频数字信号,接收机1021至1022分别得到原始数据x1、x2,接收机1023和1024均得到原始数据x3。通过上述过程,实现了发射机1011到接收机1021之间的点到点的数据传输,发射机1012到接收机1022之间的点到点的数据传输,以及发射机1013到接收机1023和1024之间的点到多点的数据传输。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 6 assumes that N=3 and M=4, wherein the three transmitters are transmitters 1011 to 1013 respectively, and the four receivers are transmitters 1021 to 1024 respectively. FIG. 6 is described below by taking the optical signal switching device performing spread spectrum modulation in the analog domain, and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (ie, performing the aforementioned steps C1 to C3 ) as an example. In Fig. 6, it is assumed that the original data x1, x2 and x3 from the transmitters 1011 to 1013 correspond to the analog spreading codes e, f and g, respectively, the receivers 1021 and 1022 correspond to the analog spreading codes e and f, respectively, and the receiver Both 1023 and 1024 correspond to the analog spreading code g. Take the optical signal switching device 103 processing the original data x1 from the transmitter 1011 as an example. 4 , in the optical signal switching device 103, the photoelectric conversion module 1031 corresponding to the transmitter 1011 converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, and converts the first optical signal carrying the original data x1 sent by the transmitter 1011 into a first electrical signal, An electrical signal is transmitted to the corresponding resource modulation module 1032 ; the resource modulation module 1032 modulates the received first electrical signal with an analog spread spectrum code e, and transmits the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 1033 . The raw data x2 and x3 from transmitters 1012 and 1013 are processed in the same way. Finally, the modulated first electrical signals output by the resource modulation modules 1032 corresponding to the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are respectively: modulated by the analog spreading codes e, f and g, and carry the original data x1, x2 and x3 respectively Three modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g. The optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the received three modulated first electrical signals, where the second optical signal includes the modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g respectively. The broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the four receivers 102 . Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, the analog signal includes the aforementioned modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g; the receiver converts the analog signal into a digital signal, the digital signal includes Three channels of spread spectrum digital signals corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals x1e, x2f and x3g. Then the receivers 1021 to 1024 respectively use the digital spreading codes corresponding to the analog spreading codes e, f and g to decode the three channels of spread spectrum digital signals, the receivers 1021 to 1022 obtain the original data x1 and x2 respectively, the receivers 1023 and 1024 both Get the original data x3. Through the above process, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the transmitter 1013 and the receivers 1023 and 1024 are realized. point-to-multipoint data transmission.
前述第一种建立方式中,当光信号交换装置采用电物理资源在模拟域对模拟信号进行调制时,由于无需进行模拟信号到数字信号的转换,基本不会带来额外的处理延时。因此,相对于采用电物理资源在数字域进行调制的方式,时延更低,通信效率更高。In the above-mentioned first establishment manner, when the optical signal switching device uses electrical physical resources to modulate the analog signal in the analog domain, since the conversion of the analog signal to the digital signal is not required, additional processing delay is basically not caused. Therefore, compared with the modulating method in the digital domain using electrical physical resources, the delay is lower and the communication efficiency is higher.
第二种建立方式,不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建 立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机101处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同。而光信号交换装置103处无需再建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。图7是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的光信号交换装置103的结构示意图。如图7所示,该光信号交换装置103,包括:N个光电转换模块1031,光信号生成结构1033以及广播结构1034,该N个光电转换模块1031分别与N个发射机101一一对应。该N个光电转换模块1031,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构1033。该光信号生成结构1033,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号。该广播结构1034,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机102。示例地,该广播结构1034可以为具有1个输入端M个输出端的1×M光耦合器(coupler)。具体用于将携带相同数据的第二光信号分别发送至M个接收机102。其中,广播至M个接收机的第二光信号的功率可以相同也可以不同,但携带的数据相同。In the second way of establishment, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitters. In this second setup, the N transmitters 101 associate raw data with different electrical physical resources. Thus, the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are different. However, the optical signal switching device 103 does not need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources. FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic optical signal switching device 103 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the optical signal exchange device 103 includes N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 , an optical signal generation structure 1033 and a broadcast structure 1034 , and the N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 correspond to the N transmitters 101 one-to-one respectively. The N photoelectric conversion modules 1031 are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure 1033 . The optical signal generating structure 1033 is configured to generate one channel of the second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals received. The broadcast structure 1034 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers 102 . For example, the broadcast structure 1034 may be a 1×M optocoupler with 1 input and M outputs. Specifically, it is used to send the second optical signals carrying the same data to the M receivers 102 respectively. The powers of the second optical signals broadcast to the M receivers may be the same or different, but the data carried are the same.
该电物理资源在不同应用场景中可以为不同的通信资源。相应的,通信系统中的信号传输原理也不同。本申请实施例以以下两种可选示例为例进行说明:The electro-physical resources may be different communication resources in different application scenarios. Correspondingly, the principle of signal transmission in the communication system is also different. This embodiment of the present application uses the following two optional examples as examples for description:
在第二种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为频域资源。通信系统基于FDMA原理进行通信。假设频域资源为子载波,不同发射机101的原始数据与不同子载波的关联关系由发射机建立。In the first example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resources are frequency domain resources. The communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle. Assuming that the frequency domain resources are sub-carriers, the associations between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different sub-carriers are established by the transmitters.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图。如图8所示,该每个发射机101还用于将数字信号映射在与该发射机101对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。该N个发射机101中不同发射机101对应的子载波不同。例如,每个发射机用于执行以下步骤:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , each transmitter 101 is further configured to generate the first digital signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier after mapping the digital signal on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter 101 light signal. Subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters 101 among the N transmitters 101 are different. For example, each transmitter is used to perform the following steps:
E1、将数字信号映射在与该发射机对应的子载波上。E1. Map the digital signal on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter.
示例地,每个发射机101可以将获取的一路数字信号先进行星座映射处理,再进行移频(也称频移)处理,以将该数字信号映射在对应的子载波上。其中,当原始数据为模拟信号时,该数字信号可以由信号源输出的模拟信号转换得到。当原始数据为数字信号时,该数字信号可以是信号源直接输出的数字信号。For example, each transmitter 101 may first perform constellation mapping processing on the acquired digital signal, and then perform frequency shifting (also called frequency shifting) processing, so as to map the digital signal on the corresponding subcarrier. Wherein, when the original data is an analog signal, the digital signal can be converted from the analog signal output by the signal source. When the original data is a digital signal, the digital signal may be a digital signal directly output by the signal source.
E2、将映射在子载波上的数字信号转换为模拟信号。E2. Convert the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier into an analog signal.
示例地,每个发射机101可以通过数模转换模块进行数字信号到模拟信号的转换。Illustratively, each transmitter 101 may convert digital signals to analog signals through a digital-to-analog conversion module.
E3、基于模拟信号生成该第一光信号。E3. Generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal.
示例地,每个发射机101可以采用强度调制或相干调制的方式,基于模拟信号,将光信号调制成第一光信号。For example, each transmitter 101 may modulate the optical signal into the first optical signal based on the analog signal by using intensity modulation or coherent modulation.
相应的,每个接收机102还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号,并获取该接收机102对应的子载波上的数字信号。由于发射机建立不同发射机101的原始数据与不同子载波的关联关系的效果等价于光信号交换装置在模拟域建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同射频载波的关联关系的效果,也等价于光信号交换装置在数字域建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同子载波的关联关系的效果。因此,光信号交换装置可以直接将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,再将第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机。具体过程参考前述图7中光信号交换装置的动作。相应的,接收机102的动作可以参考前述步骤A1至A3或者前述步骤B1至B3。本申请实施例对此不再赘述。Correspondingly, each receiver 102 is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver 102 . Since the effect of the transmitter establishing the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different subcarriers is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different radio frequency carriers in the analog domain, it is also It is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different subcarriers in the digital domain. Therefore, the optical signal switching device can directly convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generate one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and then convert the second optical signals to N channels of first electrical signals. The broadcast is sent to M receivers. For the specific process, refer to the action of the optical signal switching device in the aforementioned FIG. 7 . Correspondingly, the actions of the receiver 102 may refer to the foregoing steps A1 to A3 or the foregoing steps B1 to B3. This is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
图8假设N=3,M=3。其中,3个发射机分别为发射机1011至1013,3个接收机分别为发射机1021至1023。图8中横线上的每个梯形的含义可以参考前述图5中数字域中横线上的梯形的含义。下面以发射机在数字域进行载波调制,接收机在数字域进行数字信号解调(即执行前述步骤B1至B3)为例对图8进行说明,图8示意性地示出了4个子载波,分别为子载波a、b、c和d,假设原始数据为数字信号。且发射机1011至1013分别与子载波a、b和c对应,接收机1021至1023分别与子载波a、b和c对应。以发射机1011为例,发射机1011还用于将数字信号x1映射在子载波a上之后,基于该数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。如此,发射机1011生成的第一光信号与映射在子载波a上的数字信号x1对应。同理,发射机1012和1013生成的第一光信号分别与映射在子载波b和c上的数字信号x2和x3对应。则光信号交换装置将3个发射机发送的3路第一光信号转换为3路第一电信号,并基于该3路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,之后发送该第二光信号。该第二光信号与映射在子载波a、b和c上的数字信号对应。该每个接收机102将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号后,会得到映射在子载波a、b和c上的数字信号x1、x2、x3。则接收机1021至1023分别获取子载波a、b和c上的数字信号x1、x2、x3。通过上述过程,实现了发射机1011到接收机1021之间的点到点的数据传输,发射机1012到接收机1022之间的点到点的数据传输,以及发射机1013到接收机1023之间的点到点的数据传输。Figure 8 assumes N=3 and M=3. The three transmitters are transmitters 1011 to 1013 respectively, and the three receivers are transmitters 1021 to 1023 respectively. For the meaning of each trapezoid on the horizontal line in FIG. 8 , reference may be made to the meaning of the trapezoid on the horizontal line in the digital domain in the aforementioned FIG. 5 . The following describes FIG. 8 by taking the transmitter performing carrier modulation in the digital domain, and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (that is, performing the aforementioned steps B1 to B3) as an example. FIG. 8 schematically shows four subcarriers, are sub-carriers a, b, c and d, respectively, assuming that the original data is a digital signal. And the transmitters 1011 to 1013 correspond to the sub-carriers a, b and c, respectively, and the receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to the sub-carriers a, b and c, respectively. Taking the transmitter 1011 as an example, the transmitter 1011 is further configured to generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal after mapping the digital signal x1 on the subcarrier a. In this way, the first optical signal generated by the transmitter 1011 corresponds to the digital signal x1 mapped on the subcarrier a. Similarly, the first optical signals generated by the transmitters 1012 and 1013 correspond to the digital signals x2 and x3 mapped on the sub-carriers b and c, respectively. Then, the optical signal switching device converts the first optical signals of the three channels sent by the three transmitters into the first electrical signals of the three channels, and generates a second optical signal based on the first electrical signals of the three channels, and then sends the second optical signal. . The second optical signal corresponds to the digital signal mapped on the sub-carriers a, b and c. Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, and after converting the analog signal into a digital signal, obtains digital signals x1, x2, x3 mapped on subcarriers a, b, and c. Then receivers 1021 to 1023 acquire digital signals x1, x2, and x3 on subcarriers a, b, and c, respectively. Through the above process, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized. point-to-point data transfer.
在第二种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为码资源,发射机和接收机基于CDMA原理进行通信。假设码资源为扩频码,如数字扩频码。不同发射机101的原始数据与不同扩频码的关联关系由发射机建立。图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的通信原理示意图。如图9所示,该每个发射机101还用于采用与该发射机101对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号,基于该扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。该N个发射机101对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个该扩频码正交。例如,每个发射机用于执行以下步骤:In the second example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a code resource, and the transmitter and the receiver communicate based on the CDMA principle. It is assumed that the code resource is a spreading code, such as a digital spreading code. The associations between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes are established by the transmitters. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication principle of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , each transmitter 101 is further configured to use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter 101 to encode a digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal, and generate the first digital signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. A light signal. The spreading codes corresponding to the N transmitters 101 are different, and any two of the spreading codes are orthogonal. For example, each transmitter is used to perform the following steps:
F1、采用与发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号。F1. Use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal.
示例地,每个发射机101可以将获取的一路数字信号先进行星座映射处理,再进行编码处理,以将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号。其中,当原始数据为模拟信号时,该数字信号可以由信号源输出的模拟信号转换得到。当原始数据为数字信号时,该数字信号可以是信号源直接输出的数字信号。For example, each transmitter 101 may first perform constellation mapping processing on the acquired digital signal, and then perform encoding processing, so as to encode the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal. Wherein, when the original data is an analog signal, the digital signal can be converted from the analog signal output by the signal source. When the original data is a digital signal, the digital signal may be a digital signal directly output by the signal source.
F2、将扩频数字信号转换为模拟信号。F2. Convert the spread spectrum digital signal into an analog signal.
示例地,每个发射机101可以通过数模转换模块进行扩频数字信号到模拟信号的转换。Illustratively, each transmitter 101 may perform the conversion of the spread spectrum digital signal to the analog signal through a digital-to-analog conversion module.
F3、基于模拟信号生成该第一光信号。F3. Generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal.
示例地,每个发射机101可以采用强度调制或相干调制的方式,基于模拟信号,将光信号调制成第一光信号。For example, each transmitter 101 may modulate the optical signal into the first optical signal based on the analog signal by using intensity modulation or coherent modulation.
相应的,该每个接收机102还用于将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用该接收机102对应的扩频码解码该数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。由于发射机建立不同发射机101的原始数据与不同扩频码的关联关系的效果等价于光信号交换装置在模拟域建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同扩频码的关联关系的效果,也等价于光信号交换装置在数字域建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同扩频码的关联关系的效果。因此,光信号交换装置可以直接将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,再将第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机。具体过程参考前述图7中光信号交换装置的动作。相应的,接收机102的动作可以参考前述 步骤C1至C3或前述步骤D1至D3。本申请实施例对此不再赘述。Correspondingly, each receiver 102 is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver 102 to obtain a decoded digital signal. Signal. Since the effect of the transmitter establishing the correlation between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes is equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the correlation between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes in the analog domain , which is also equivalent to the effect of the optical signal switching device establishing the correlation between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different spreading codes in the digital domain. Therefore, the optical signal switching device can directly convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generate one channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and then convert the second optical signals to N channels of first electrical signals. The broadcast is sent to M receivers. For the specific process, refer to the action of the optical signal switching device in the aforementioned FIG. 7 . Correspondingly, the actions of the receiver 102 may refer to the aforementioned steps C1 to C3 or the aforementioned steps D1 to D3. This is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
图9假设N=3,M=3,其中,3个发射机分别为发射机1011至1013,3个接收机分别为发射机1021至1023。下面以发射机在数字域进行扩频调制,接收机在数字域进行数字信号解调(即执行前述步骤D1至D3)为例对图8进行说明,图9中,假设发射机1011至1013分别与扩频码e、f和g对应,接收机1021至1023分别与扩频码e、f和g对应。以发射机1011为例,发射机1011还用于采用扩频码e将数字信号x1编码为扩频数字信号x1e,基于该扩频数字信号x1e转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号。如此,发射机1011生成的第一光信号与扩频数字信号x1e对应。同理,发射机1012和1013生成的第一光信号分别与扩频数字信号x2f和x3g对应。则光信号交换装置将3个发射机发送的3路第一光信号转换为3路第一电信号,并基于该3路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,之后发送该第二光信号。该第二光信号与扩频数字信号x1e、x2f和x3g对应。该每个接收机102将该第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将该模拟信号转换为数字信号后,会得到扩频数字信号x1e、x2f和x3g。则接收机1021至1023分别采用扩频码e、f和g解码扩频数字信号x1e、x2f和x3g,得到数字信号x1、x2、x3。通过上述过程,实现了发射机1011到接收机1021之间的点到点的数据传输,发射机1012到接收机1022之间的点到点的数据传输,以及发射机1013到接收机1023之间的点到点的数据传输。Fig. 9 assumes that N=3 and M=3, wherein the three transmitters are transmitters 1011 to 1013 respectively, and the three receivers are transmitters 1021 to 1023 respectively. Fig. 8 is described below by taking the transmitter performing spread spectrum modulation in the digital domain and the receiver performing digital signal demodulation in the digital domain (that is, performing the aforementioned steps D1 to D3). In Fig. 9, it is assumed that the transmitters 1011 to 1013 are respectively Corresponding to spreading codes e, f, and g, receivers 1021 to 1023 correspond to spreading codes e, f, and g, respectively. Taking the transmitter 1011 as an example, the transmitter 1011 is further configured to use the spread spectrum code e to encode the digital signal x1 into a spread spectrum digital signal x1e, and generate the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal x1e. In this way, the first optical signal generated by the transmitter 1011 corresponds to the spread spectrum digital signal x1e. Similarly, the first optical signals generated by the transmitters 1012 and 1013 correspond to the spread spectrum digital signals x2f and x3g, respectively. Then, the optical signal switching device converts the first optical signals of the three channels sent by the three transmitters into the first electrical signals of the three channels, and generates a second optical signal based on the first electrical signals of the three channels, and then sends the second optical signal. . The second optical signal corresponds to the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g. Each receiver 102 converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, and after converting the analog signal into a digital signal, will obtain the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g. Then the receivers 1021 to 1023 respectively use the spreading codes e, f and g to decode the spread spectrum digital signals x1e, x2f and x3g to obtain the digital signals x1, x2 and x3. Through the above process, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1011 and the receiver 1021, the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1012 and the receiver 1022, and the point-to-point data transmission between the transmitter 1013 and the receiver 1023 are realized. point-to-point data transfer.
其中,每个发射机可以通过多种方式确定发射机对应的电物理资源,以采用该电物理资源对原始数据进行处理。例如,每个发射机可以基于发射机与电物理资源的第一对应关系确定该发射机对应的电物理资源。该第一对应关系和第二对应关系可以预先配置。又例如,发射机对应的电物理资源可以由每个发射机在需要发送第一光信号时获取。示例地,每个发射机在确定获取的原始数据的目的地址后,基于该目的地址查询目的地址与电物理资源的对应关系,将与该目的地址对应的电物理资源确定为发射机对应的电物理资源。Wherein, each transmitter can determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter in various ways, so as to use the electrical physical resource to process the original data. For example, each transmitter may determine the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter based on the first correspondence between the transmitter and the electrical physical resource. The first correspondence and the second correspondence may be preconfigured. For another example, the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter may be acquired by each transmitter when the first optical signal needs to be sent. Illustratively, after determining the destination address of the acquired original data, each transmitter queries the correspondence between the destination address and the electrical physical resource based on the destination address, and determines the electrical physical resource corresponding to the destination address as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter. physical resources.
在前述第二种建立方式的两种示例中,均以不同发射机101在数字域建立原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系为例进行说明。实际实现时,不同发射机101也可以在模拟域建立原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。具体过程可以参考前述第一种实现方式中模拟域的处理过程,本申请实施例对此不做赘述。In the foregoing two examples of the second establishment manner, different transmitters 101 establish the association relationship between the original data and different electrical physical resources in the digital domain as an example for description. In actual implementation, different transmitters 101 may also establish association relationships between raw data and different electrical physical resources in the analog domain. For the specific process, reference may be made to the processing process of the analog domain in the foregoing first implementation manner, which is not described repeatedly in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,前述两种建立方式主要以来自每个发射机的原始数据对应1个电物理资源以及每个接收机对应1个或2个电物理资源为例进行说明。实际实现时,来自每个发射机的原始数据可以对应多个电物理资源,只要保证来自不同的发射机的原始数据对应的电物理资源不同即可。每个接收机也可以对应至少三个电物理资源。另外,前述实施例仅以电物理资源为射频载波、子载波或扩频码为例进行说明,实际实现时,电物理资源还可以为其他频域资源、其他码域资源或者时域资源。通信系统也可以采用其他通信原理实现发射机与接收机之间基于电物理资源的数据传输。例如,通信系统还可以采用时分多址(Time Division multiple access,TDMA)原理进行通信。但是,相对于采用TDMA原理进行通信,前述CDMA或FDMA原理进行通信的可靠性更高,时延更低。It should be noted that the foregoing two establishment methods are mainly described by taking the raw data from each transmitter corresponding to one electrical physical resource and each receiver corresponding to one or two electrical physical resources as examples. In actual implementation, the original data from each transmitter may correspond to multiple electrical physical resources, as long as it is ensured that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the original data from different transmitters are different. Each receiver may also correspond to at least three electrical physical resources. In addition, the foregoing embodiments only take the electrical physical resources as radio frequency carriers, sub-carriers or spreading codes for illustration. In actual implementation, electrical physical resources may also be other frequency domain resources, other code domain resources or time domain resources. The communication system can also use other communication principles to realize data transmission based on electrical physical resources between the transmitter and the receiver. For example, the communication system may also use the principle of time division multiple access (TDMA) for communication. However, compared to using the TDMA principle for communication, the aforementioned CDMA or FDMA principle for communication has higher reliability and lower latency.
在不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置103建立时,在一种示例中,每个接收机可以基于接收机与电物理资源的第二对应关系确定该接收机对应的电物理资源。该第二对应关系可以预先配置。例如,第二对应关系可以在通信系统部署时由人工配置。又例如,N个发射机101包括用于进行第二对应关系配置的管理发射机,该管理发射机通过光信号交换装置将该第二对应关系发送至M个接收机。在另一种示例中, 接收机对应的电物理资源可以由每个接收机在需要解析第二光信号时获取。例如,每个发射机发送的第一光信号还携带地址数据,该地址数据包括在原始数据的基础上添加的目的地址。相应的,第二光信号也携带N个第一光信号中的地址数据。每个接收机在接收第二光信号后,解析第二光信号携带的N个地址数据,当N个地址数据中任一地址数据指示的目标地址为该接收机的地址时,将该任一地址所对应的电物理资源确定为该接收机对应的电物理资源。示例的,该目的地址可以为一段数字序列,例如二进制数字序列,只要能够起到地址标识作用即可。可选地,第一光信号基于电信号(如前述的模拟信号)调制得到,该电信号的格式参考传统的报文格式(也称帧格式),如以太网报文格式。When the association relationship between the raw data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device 103, in an example, each receiver may determine the corresponding relationship based on the second correspondence between receivers and electrical physical resources. The electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver. The second correspondence may be preconfigured. For example, the second correspondence may be manually configured when the communication system is deployed. For another example, the N transmitters 101 include a management transmitter for configuring the second correspondence, and the management transmitter sends the second correspondence to the M receivers through the optical signal switching device. In another example, the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver may be acquired by each receiver when the second optical signal needs to be resolved. For example, the first optical signal sent by each transmitter also carries address data, where the address data includes a destination address added on the basis of the original data. Correspondingly, the second optical signal also carries address data in the N first optical signals. After receiving the second optical signal, each receiver parses the N address data carried by the second optical signal, and when the target address indicated by any address data in the N address data is the address of the receiver, the address The electrical physical resource corresponding to the address is determined as the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver. Exemplarily, the destination address may be a sequence of numbers, such as a sequence of binary numbers, as long as it can function as an address identification. Optionally, the first optical signal is obtained by modulating an electrical signal (eg, the aforementioned analog signal), and the format of the electrical signal refers to a traditional message format (also called a frame format), such as an Ethernet message format.
如前所述,不同通信系统的发送端的调制机制不同和接收端的解调机制不同,和/或信号收发原理不同。因此,发射机和接收机执行的动作也不同。为了便于读者理解,图10是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的通信系统的结构示意图,图10以该通信系统的结构为例对发射机和接收机的结构进行说明。其中,发射机101包括处理模块1011、数模转换模块1012和调制模块1013。处理模块1011用于接收信号源输出的电信号,并基于该电信号输出数字信号。数模转换模块1012用于将处理模块1011输出的数字信号转换为模拟信号。调制模块1013用于基于该模拟信号,采用光信号进行信号调制以得到第一光信号。处理模块1011输出的该数字信号与发射机所对应的电物理资源对应。该数模转换模块1012可以为数字到模拟变换(digital to analog conversion,DAC)芯片或者并行转换器(serdes)。As mentioned above, different communication systems have different modulation mechanisms at the transmitting end, different demodulation mechanisms at the receiving end, and/or different signal transceiver principles. Therefore, the actions performed by the transmitter and the receiver are also different. To facilitate the reader's understanding, FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 10 uses the structure of the communication system as an example to describe the structures of a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter 101 includes a processing module 1011 , a digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and a modulation module 1013 . The processing module 1011 is configured to receive the electrical signal output by the signal source, and output a digital signal based on the electrical signal. The digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 is used to convert the digital signal output by the processing module 1011 into an analog signal. The modulation module 1013 is configured to perform signal modulation with the optical signal based on the analog signal to obtain the first optical signal. The digital signal output by the processing module 1011 corresponds to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the transmitter. The digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 can be a digital to analog conversion (digital to analog conversion, DAC) chip or a parallel converter (serdes).
接收机102包括光电转换模块1021、模数转换模块1022和处理模块1023。光电转换模块1021用于接收光信号交换装置103发送的第二光信号,将第二光信号转换为模拟信号。模数转换模块1022用于将光电转换模块1021输出的模拟信号转换为数字信号。处理模块1023用于基于模数转换模块1022输出的数字信号获取电信号。该模数转换模块1022可以为ADC芯片或CDR芯片。The receiver 102 includes a photoelectric conversion module 1021 , an analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and a processing module 1023 . The photoelectric conversion module 1021 is configured to receive the second optical signal sent by the optical signal exchange device 103, and convert the second optical signal into an analog signal. The analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 is used to convert the analog signal output by the photoelectric conversion module 1021 into a digital signal. The processing module 1023 is configured to acquire an electrical signal based on the digital signal output by the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 . The analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 can be an ADC chip or a CDR chip.
在参考前述第一种建立方式的第一种示例,当通信系统基于FDMA原理进行通信,光电转换模块1021、模数转换模块1022和处理模块1023用于分别执行前述步骤A1、A2和A3,或者,用于分别执行前述步骤B1、B2和B3。参考前述第一种建立方式的第二种示例,当通信系统基于CDMA原理进行通信时,光电转换模块1021、模数转换模块1022和处理模块1023用于分别执行前述步骤C1、C2和C3,或者,用于分别执行前述步骤D1、D2和D3。可选地,在该第一种实现方式中,当原始数据为数字信号时,在发射机101中,处理模块1011可以集成在数模转换模块1012上,由数模转换模块1012接收信号源输出的数字信号,并将该数字信号转换为模拟信号。进一步的,处理模块1011和数模转换模块1012可以集成在调制模块1013上,由调制模块1013接收信号源输出的数字信号,并将该数字信号转换为模拟信号,并基于该模拟信号,采用光信号进行信号调制以得到第一光信号。Referring to the first example of the foregoing first establishment manner, when the communication system communicates based on the FDMA principle, the photoelectric conversion module 1021, the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps A1, A2 and A3 respectively, or , which are used to perform the foregoing steps B1, B2 and B3 respectively. Referring to the second example of the foregoing first establishment manner, when the communication system communicates based on the CDMA principle, the photoelectric conversion module 1021, the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are configured to perform the foregoing steps C1, C2 and C3 respectively, or , which are used to perform the foregoing steps D1, D2 and D3 respectively. Optionally, in the first implementation manner, when the original data is a digital signal, in the transmitter 101, the processing module 1011 can be integrated on the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012, and the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 receives the output of the signal source. and convert the digital signal to an analog signal. Further, the processing module 1011 and the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 can be integrated on the modulation module 1013, and the modulation module 1013 receives the digital signal output by the signal source, converts the digital signal into an analog signal, and uses the optical signal based on the analog signal. The signal is signal modulated to obtain a first optical signal.
在参考前述第二种建立方式的第一种示例,处理模块1011、数模转换模块1012和调制模块1013用于分别执行前述步骤E1、E2和E3。相应的,光电转换模块1021、模数转换模块1022和处理模块1023用于分别执行前述步骤A1、A2和A3,或者,用于分别执行前述步骤B1、B2和B3。参考前述第二种建立方式的第二种示例,当通信系统基于CDMA原理进行通信时,处理模块1011、数模转换模块1012和调制模块1013用于分别执行前述步骤F1、F2和F3。相应的,光电转换模块1021、模数转换模块1022和处理模块1023用于分别执行前述步骤C1、C2和C3,或者,用于分别执行前述步骤D1、D2和D3。相对于第一种建立方式,第二种建立方式中,处理模块1011减少了建立发射机的原始数据与电物理资源的关联 关系的过程。Referring to the first example of the foregoing second establishment manner, the processing module 1011 , the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and the modulation module 1013 are configured to perform the foregoing steps E1 , E2 and E3 respectively. Correspondingly, the photoelectric conversion module 1021 , the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps A1 , A2 and A3 respectively, or are used to perform the foregoing steps B1 , B2 and B3 respectively. Referring to the second example of the foregoing second establishment manner, when the communication system communicates based on the CDMA principle, the processing module 1011 , the digital-to-analog conversion module 1012 and the modulation module 1013 are used to perform the foregoing steps F1 , F2 and F3 respectively. Correspondingly, the photoelectric conversion module 1021 , the analog-to-digital conversion module 1022 and the processing module 1023 are used to perform the foregoing steps C1 , C2 and C3 respectively, or are used to perform the foregoing steps D1 , D2 and D3 respectively. Compared with the first establishment mode, in the second establishment mode, the processing module 1011 reduces the process of establishing the association relationship between the original data of the transmitter and the electrical physical resources.
可选地,前述处理模块1011和处理模块1023均可以为数字信号处理(Digital Signal Process,DSP)模块。在实际实现时,前述发射机和/或接收机还具有其他功能,相应地,其可以设置其他模块,或者在已有模块中增加新的功能。例如,发射机还包括:光放大器或光复用器中的一种或多种。接收机还包括:光分路器或光放大器中的一种或多种。进一步可选地,处理模块1023还用于对光纤色散和/或非线性影响进行补偿,和/或,处理模块1023还用于对光信号传输过程中所产生的误码进行纠错处理等等。Optionally, both the aforementioned processing module 1011 and the processing module 1023 may be digital signal processing (Digital Signal Process, DSP) modules. In actual implementation, the aforementioned transmitter and/or receiver also have other functions, and correspondingly, other modules may be provided, or new functions may be added to existing modules. For example, the transmitter also includes: one or more of an optical amplifier or an optical multiplexer. The receiver also includes: one or more of an optical splitter or an optical amplifier. Further optionally, the processing module 1023 is further configured to compensate for optical fiber dispersion and/or nonlinear effects, and/or the processing module 1023 is further configured to perform error correction processing on bit errors generated during optical signal transmission, etc. .
前述实施例中,通信系统中发射机和接收机均指的是处于工作状态的发射机和接收机。该工作状态指的是够进行通信的状态。在前述实施例中,均以光信号交换装置的输入端数量与通信系统中处于工作状态的发射机的数量相等,光信号交换装置的输出端数量与通信系统中处于工作状态的接收机的数量相等为例进行说明。在实际实现时,光信号交换装置的输入端数量可以大于通信系统中处于工作状态的发射机的数量,光信号交换装置的输出端数量可以大于通信系统中处于工作状态的接收机的数量。在一种情况下,光信号交换装置具有空闲输入端和空闲输出端,如此便于连接新的发射机和接收机,实现通信系统的扩容。在另一种情况下,光信号交换装置具有与处于非工作状态的发射机连接的输入端,当该发射机由非工作状态切换至工作状态时,光信号交换装置可以迅速响应该发射机发出的第一光信号。和/或,光信号交换装置具有与处于非工作状态的接收机连接的输出端,当该接收机由非工作状态切换至工作状态时,光信号交换装置可以将第二光信号也发送至该接收机。In the foregoing embodiments, both the transmitter and the receiver in the communication system refer to the transmitter and the receiver in a working state. The operating state refers to a state sufficient for communication. In the foregoing embodiments, the number of input terminals of the optical signal switching device is equal to the number of working transmitters in the communication system, and the number of output terminals of the optical signal switching device is equal to the number of working receivers in the communication system. Equal to an example to illustrate. In actual implementation, the number of input terminals of the optical signal switching device can be greater than the number of working transmitters in the communication system, and the number of output terminals of the optical signal switching device can be greater than the number of working receivers in the communication system. In one case, the optical signal switching device has an idle input terminal and an idle output terminal, so that it is convenient to connect new transmitters and receivers and realize the expansion of the communication system. In another case, the optical signal switching device has an input terminal connected to a transmitter in a non-operating state. When the transmitter is switched from a non-operating state to an operating state, the optical signal switching device can quickly respond to the transmitter sending out the first optical signal. And/or, the optical signal switching device has an output terminal connected to the receiver in the non-working state, and when the receiver is switched from the non-working state to the working state, the optical signal switching device can also send the second optical signal to the receiver. receiver.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种光信号生成结构1033的结构示意图。如图11所示,该光信号生成结构1033包括:电耦合器1033a和光调制器1033b。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal generating structure 1033 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the optical signal generating structure 1033 includes: an electrical coupler 1033a and an optical modulator 1033b.
该电耦合器1033a,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号。需要说明的是,当光信号生成结构1033应用于图4中所示的光信号交换装置中时,该接收的第一信号为资源调制模块1032输出的调制后的第一电信号;当光信号生成结构1033应用于图7中所示的光信号交换装置中时,该接收的第一信号为光电转换模块1031输出的第一电信号。该光调制器1033b,用于基于该至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到该第二光信号。The electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals. It should be noted that when the optical signal generating structure 1033 is applied to the optical signal switching device shown in FIG. 4 , the received first signal is the modulated first electrical signal output by the resource modulation module 1032; when the optical signal When the generating structure 1033 is applied to the optical signal switching device shown in FIG. 7 , the received first signal is the first electrical signal output by the photoelectric conversion module 1031 . The optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
如前所述,该光信号交换装置103可以支持光信号的直接调制,也可以支持光信号的相干调制。针对不同的调制方式,电耦合器1033a和光调制器1033b执行的动作也不同。本申请实施例以以下三种情况为例进行说明:As mentioned above, the optical signal switching device 103 can support the direct modulation of the optical signal, and can also support the coherent modulation of the optical signal. For different modulation methods, the actions performed by the electrical coupler 1033a and the optical modulator 1033b are also different. The embodiments of the present application are described by taking the following three situations as examples:
在第一种情况下,光信号交换装置103可以支持光信号的直接调制。示例地,该电耦合器1033a,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为一路第二电信号。该电耦合器可以为具有N个输入端1个输出端的N×1合路器(Combiner)。该耦合过程(也称合路过程)可以为N路第一电信号的叠加过程。该光调制器1033b,用于基于该一路第二电信号进行光信号的强度的直接调制,得到该第二光信号。该光调制器件可以为直接调制激光器(Directly Modulated Laser,DML)、电吸收调制器(Electlro-absorption Modulator,EAM)、马赫增德尔调制器(Mach-Zehnder Modulator,MZM)。In the first case, the optical signal switching device 103 may support direct modulation of the optical signal. For example, the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of the first electrical signals received into one channel of the second electrical signals. The electrical coupler may be an N×1 combiner (Combiner) with N input terminals and one output terminal. The coupling process (also referred to as a combining process) may be a superposition process of N first electrical signals. The optical modulator 1033b is configured to directly modulate the intensity of the optical signal based on the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal. The light modulation device may be a Directly Modulated Laser (DML), an Electro-absorption Modulator (EAM), or a Mach-Zehnder Modulator (MZM).
在第二种情况下,光信号交换装置103可以支持光信号的相干调制。示例地,该电耦合器1033a,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为一路第二电信号。该耦合过程可以为N路第一电信号的叠加过程。该光调制器1033b,用于基于该一路第二电信号进行光信号的相干调制,得到该第二光信号。In the second case, the optical signal switching device 103 may support coherent modulation of the optical signal. For example, the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the N channels of the first electrical signals received into one channel of the second electrical signals. The coupling process may be a superposition process of N first electrical signals. The optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform coherent modulation of the optical signal based on the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
以相干调制为偏振复用相干调制为例。光调制器1033b,用于基于该一路第二电信号生 成4路电信号。基于该4路电信号分别对2路正交(即偏振方向垂直)的偏振光信号进行相位调制,得到第二光信号。具体地,2路正交偏振光信号分别为第一偏振光信号和第二偏振光信号。光调制器1033b,用于采用该4路电信号中的2路电信号,调制第一偏振光信号得到调制后的第一偏振光信号。采用该4路电信号中的另外2路电信号,调制第二偏振光信号得到调制后的第二偏振光信号。再将调制后的第一光信号和调制后的第二偏振光信号合路得到该第二光信号。示例地,光调制器1033b包括激光器、偏振分束器、2个调制器和偏振合波器。激光器用于生成激光信号,偏振分束器用于将激光信号分成第一偏振光信号和第二偏振光信号。2个调制器分别用于进行前述第一偏振光信号和第二偏振光信号的调制。偏振合波器用于将调制后的第一光信号和调制后的第二偏振光信号合路得到该第二光信号。例如,前述第一偏振光信号和第二偏振光信号中的一个是x偏振光信号,另一个是y偏振光信号。Take coherent modulation as polarization multiplexing coherent modulation as an example. The optical modulator 1033b is used for generating 4 channels of electrical signals based on the channel of the second electrical signal. Phase modulation is performed on the two orthogonal polarized optical signals (that is, the polarization directions are vertical) based on the four electrical signals, respectively, to obtain a second optical signal. Specifically, the two orthogonally polarized light signals are respectively the first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal. The optical modulator 1033b is configured to modulate the first polarized optical signal by using two electrical signals among the four electrical signals to obtain the modulated first polarized optical signal. Using the other two electrical signals in the four electrical signals, the second polarized light signal is modulated to obtain a modulated second polarized light signal. The modulated first optical signal and the modulated second polarized optical signal are then combined to obtain the second optical signal. Illustratively, the optical modulator 1033b includes a laser, a polarization beam splitter, two modulators, and a polarization combiner. The laser is used to generate the laser signal, and the polarization beam splitter is used to split the laser signal into a first polarized light signal and a second polarized light signal. The two modulators are respectively used to modulate the first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal. The polarization combiner is used for combining the modulated first optical signal and the modulated second polarized optical signal to obtain the second optical signal. For example, one of the aforementioned first polarized light signal and the second polarized light signal is an x-polarized light signal, and the other is a y-polarized light signal.
在第三种情况下,光信号交换装置103可以支持光信号的相干调制。参考前述第二种情况,由于相干调制通常需要4路电信号,因此,电耦合器1033a可以直接输出4路电信号,从而无需光调制器1033b执行生成4路光信号的动作,降低相干调制过程复杂度。则该电耦合器1033a,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为4路第二电信号。该耦合过程可以为N路第一电信号划分为四组后,将每组第一电信号叠加的过程。示例地,该电耦合器包括4个具有S个输入端1个输出端的S×1合路器,S为正整数。该4个S×1合路器的输入端个数可以相等也可以不等,4个S×1合路器的输入端个数之和为N。将N路第一电信号按照与4个S×1合路器的对应关系,输入到4个S×1合路器中,由每个S×1合路器进行接收到的第一电信号的叠加,最终由4个S×1合路器输出4路第二电信号。该光调制器1033b,用于基于该4路第二电信号进行光信号的相干调制,得到该第二光信号。该调制过程参考前述第二种情况中的对应过程。示例地,在光调制器1033b中,该4路电信号中2路电信号输入一个调制器中,以用于调制第一偏振光信号。另外2路电信号输入另一个调制器中,以用于调制第二偏振光信号。In the third case, the optical signal switching device 103 may support coherent modulation of the optical signal. Referring to the second case mentioned above, since coherent modulation usually requires 4 channels of electrical signals, the electrical coupler 1033a can directly output 4 channels of electrical signals, thus eliminating the need for the optical modulator 1033b to perform the action of generating 4 channels of optical signals, reducing the coherent modulation process the complexity. Then, the electrical coupler 1033a is used to couple the received N-channel first electrical signals into 4-channel second electrical signals. The coupling process may be a process of superimposing the first electrical signals of each group after the N-channel first electrical signals are divided into four groups. Exemplarily, the electrical coupler includes 4 S×1 combiners with S input ends and one output end, where S is a positive integer. The number of input terminals of the four S×1 combiners may be equal or unequal, and the sum of the number of input terminals of the four S×1 combiners is N. Input the N first electrical signals into the 4 S×1 combiners according to the corresponding relationship with the 4 S×1 combiners, and each S×1 combiner performs the received first electrical signal The superposition of 4 S×1 combiners finally outputs 4 second electrical signals. The optical modulator 1033b is configured to perform coherent modulation of the optical signal based on the four channels of second electrical signals to obtain the second optical signal. The modulation process refers to the corresponding process in the aforementioned second case. For example, in the optical modulator 1033b, two electrical signals among the four electrical signals are input into one modulator for modulating the first polarized optical signal. The other two electrical signals are input into another modulator for modulating the second polarized light signal.
前述实施例中,均以输入电耦合器1033a的第一电信号为模拟信号为例进行说明。在实际实现时,输入电耦合器1033a的第一电信号也可以为数字信号。例如,在前述N个资源调制模块1032用于在数字域,对数字信号采用电物理资源进行调制的情况下,N个资源调制模块1032,也可以用于将接收的第一电信号转换为数字信号,将该数字信号采用对应的电物理资源进行调制,再将调制后的数字信号作为调制后的第一电信号输出。相应的,电耦合器1033a将接收的N路数字信号形式的第一电信号耦合为至少一路数字信号形式的第二电信号。光调制器1033b,可以先将该至少一路数字信号形式的第二电信号转换为至少一路模拟信号形式的第二电信号,再基于模拟信号形式的第二电信号进行调制,得到第二光信号。In the foregoing embodiments, the first electrical signal input to the electrical coupler 1033a is an analog signal as an example for description. In actual implementation, the first electrical signal input to the electrical coupler 1033a may also be a digital signal. For example, in the case where the aforementioned N resource modulation modules 1032 are used to modulate digital signals using electrical physical resources in the digital domain, the N resource modulation modules 1032 can also be used to convert the received first electrical signal into a digital signal. signal, the digital signal is modulated with corresponding electrical physical resources, and the modulated digital signal is output as the modulated first electrical signal. Correspondingly, the electrical coupler 1033a couples the received first electrical signals in the form of N digital signals into at least one second electrical signal in the form of digital signals. The optical modulator 1033b can first convert the at least one second electrical signal in the form of a digital signal into at least one second electrical signal in the form of an analog signal, and then perform modulation based on the second electrical signal in the form of an analog signal to obtain a second optical signal .
前述实施例中,均假设该第一电信号为模拟信号,以该电耦合器的耦合过程为N路第一电信号的叠加过程为例进行说明。在实际实现时,电耦合器还可以通过其他方式进行N路第一电信号的耦合。在一种可选示例中,当第一电信号为模拟信号时,该电耦合器还可以先将N路模拟信号转换为数字信号,再采用求和的方式将N路数字信号耦合为一路数字信号。或者,该电耦合器还可以先将N路模拟信号转换为数字信号,再采用间插的方式将N路数字信号耦合为一路数字信号。在另一种可选示例中,当第一电信号为数字信号时,该电耦合器还可以采用求和的方式将N路数字信号耦合为一路数字信号。或者,该电耦合器还可以采用间插的方式将N路数字信号耦合为一路数字信号。例如,间插的方式可以包括N路数字信号逐字节间插或逐比特间插,以合为一路数字信号的过程。其中,间插的频率或单位可以预先设 置,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the foregoing embodiments, it is assumed that the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the coupling process of the electrical coupler is a superposition process of N first electrical signals as an example for description. In actual implementation, the electrical coupler may also couple the N first electrical signals in other ways. In an optional example, when the first electrical signal is an analog signal, the electrical coupler may first convert the N channels of analog signals into digital signals, and then couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of summation Signal. Alternatively, the electric coupler may first convert the N channels of analog signals into digital signals, and then couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of interleaving. In another optional example, when the first electrical signal is a digital signal, the electrical coupler may further couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals in a summation manner. Alternatively, the electrical coupler can also couple the N channels of digital signals into one channel of digital signals by means of interleaving. For example, the way of interleaving may include a process of interleaving N channels of digital signals byte-by-byte or bit-by-bit to combine them into one channel of digital signals. The frequency or unit of the interleaving may be preset, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
前述实施例中,均以光调制过程基于模拟信号执行为例进行说明。如前述调制模块1013和光调制器1033b均基于模拟信号进行光信号的调制。在实际实现时,光调制过程也可以基于数字信号执行,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the foregoing embodiments, the light modulation process is performed based on an analog signal as an example for description. As mentioned above, the modulation module 1013 and the optical modulator 1033b both perform modulation of the optical signal based on the analog signal. In actual implementation, the optical modulation process may also be performed based on a digital signal, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
如前所述,该光信号交换装置103可以支持光信号的直接接收,也可以支持光信号的相干接收。前述光电转换模块1031包括光探测器,当该光信号交换装置103支持光信号的直接接收时,该光探测器可以为光电二极管探测器或雪崩光电二极管探测器等;当该光信号交换装置103支持光信号的相干接收时,该光探测器可以为相干接收机。As mentioned above, the optical signal switching device 103 can support direct reception of optical signals, and can also support coherent reception of optical signals. The aforementioned photoelectric conversion module 1031 includes a photodetector. When the optical signal exchange device 103 supports direct reception of optical signals, the photodetector can be a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector; when the optical signal exchange device 103 When supporting coherent reception of optical signals, the optical detector may be a coherent receiver.
需要说明的是,第一光信号在传播过程中,可能存在插损。则光电转换模块中还可以设置放大器,以对插损进行补偿。图12是本申请实施例提供的一种示意性的光电转换模块1031的结构示意图。如图12所示,该光电转换模块1031,包括:光探测器1031a和放大器1031b。该光探测器1031a用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将该第三电信号传输至该放大器1031b;该放大器1031b用于将该第三电信号放大得到该第一电信号。示例地,该放大器为跨阻放大器(trans-impedance amplifier,TIA)。TIA可以实现将较小的电流信号放大为电压信号。It should be noted that, during the propagation process of the first optical signal, insertion loss may exist. Then, an amplifier can also be set in the photoelectric conversion module to compensate the insertion loss. FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a schematic photoelectric conversion module 1031 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the photoelectric conversion module 1031 includes: a photodetector 1031a and an amplifier 1031b. The photodetector 1031a is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier 1031b; the amplifier 1031b is used to amplify the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal electric signal. For example, the amplifier is a trans-impedance amplifier (TIA). TIA can realize the amplification of small current signal into voltage signal.
本申请实施例提供的通信系统,由一跳光信号交换装置代替多级交换机,避免多级交换机带来的多次电光转换以及光电转换,使得通信系统具有大带宽低延时特性,能够有效满足大流量以及高品质的通信需求,实现各种通信场景的有效兼容。该通信系统既可以用于远程通信场景,又可以应用于近程通信场景。该通信系统中的光纤既能支持单波10G(即每个波的传输速率为10G)的传输速率,又能支持单波100G(即每个波的传输速率为100G)的传输速率,还能支持其他传输速率。示例地,该通信系统为车载通信系统、数据中心系统、物联网系统或工业互联系统等。在这些通信系统中,一方面,需要实现多点到多点的通信。而本申请实施例提供的通信系统,通过设置来自每个发射机的原始数据对应的一个或多个电物理资源,以及每个接收机对应一个或多个电物理资源,可以有效实现多点到多点的通信。另一方面,需要减少通信干扰,提高传输可靠性。而本申请实施例通过光纤和光耦合器进行发射机和接收机之间的通信,有效屏蔽了传输链路上的电磁干扰。例如,车载通信系统为车辆内部部署的通信系统。该车载通信系统包括多个通信节点,每个通信节点包括至少一个发射机和/或至少一个接收机。例如,每个通信节点包括一个发射机和一个接收机。该多个通信节点的发射机可以包括前述实施例中任一发射机。该多个通信节点的接收机可以包括前述实施例中的任一接收机。示例地,该多个通信节点包括以下至少两种:座舱数据中心(Cockpit Data Center,CDC,也称智能座舱)、移动数据中心(Mobile Data Center,MDC,也称智能驾驶模块)、行车动态控制(Vehicle Dynamic Control,VDC)模块(也称整车控制模块)和车辆接口单元(Vehicle Interface Unit,VIU)。数据中心系统包括多个服务器,每个服务器包括至少一个发射机和/或至少一个接收机。例如,每个服务器包括一个发射机和一个接收机。该多个服务器的发射机可以包括前述实施例中任一发射机。该多个服务器的接收机可以包括前述实施例中的任一接收机。In the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application, a multi-level switch is replaced by a one-hop optical signal exchange device, which avoids multiple electro-optical conversions and photoelectric conversions caused by the multi-level switch, so that the communication system has the characteristics of large bandwidth and low delay, and can effectively meet the Large traffic and high-quality communication requirements enable effective compatibility of various communication scenarios. The communication system can be used in both long-range communication scenarios and short-range communication scenarios. The optical fiber in the communication system can not only support the transmission rate of single-wave 10G (that is, the transmission rate of each wave is 10G), but also support the transmission rate of single-wave 100G (that is, the transmission rate of each wave is 100G), and also Other transfer rates are supported. For example, the communication system is an in-vehicle communication system, a data center system, an Internet of Things system, an industrial interconnection system, or the like. In these communication systems, on the one hand, it is necessary to realize multipoint-to-multipoint communication. However, in the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application, by setting one or more electrical physical resources corresponding to the original data from each transmitter, and one or more electrical physical resources corresponding to each receiver, it is possible to effectively realize multi-point to multipoint communication. On the other hand, it is necessary to reduce communication interference and improve transmission reliability. However, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication between the transmitter and the receiver is performed through the optical fiber and the optical coupler, which effectively shields the electromagnetic interference on the transmission link. For example, an in-vehicle communication system is a communication system deployed inside a vehicle. The in-vehicle communication system includes a plurality of communication nodes, each communication node including at least one transmitter and/or at least one receiver. For example, each communication node includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitters of the plurality of communication nodes may include any of the transmitters in the foregoing embodiments. The receivers of the plurality of communication nodes may include any of the receivers in the foregoing embodiments. Exemplarily, the plurality of communication nodes include at least two of the following: Cockpit Data Center (Cockpit Data Center, CDC, also called smart cockpit), mobile data center (Mobile Data Center, MDC, also called intelligent driving module), driving dynamic control (Vehicle Dynamic Control, VDC) module (also called vehicle control module) and vehicle interface unit (Vehicle Interface Unit, VIU). The data center system includes a plurality of servers, each server including at least one transmitter and/or at least one receiver. For example, each server includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitters of the plurality of servers may include any of the transmitters in the foregoing embodiments. The receivers of the plurality of servers may include any of the receivers in the foregoing embodiments.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种光信号交换装置20的结构示意图,该光信号交换装置20可以应用于前述通信系统10中。该光信号交换装置20包括:转换结构201、光信号生成结构202和广播结构203。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an optical signal switching apparatus 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the optical signal switching apparatus 20 may be applied to the foregoing communication system 10 . The optical signal switching device 20 includes: a conversion structure 201 , an optical signal generation structure 202 and a broadcast structure 203 .
该转换结构201,用于将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,该 N为大于1的正整数;该光信号生成结构202,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同;该广播结构203,用于将该第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机,该M均为大于1的正整数。The conversion structure 201 is used to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1; the optical signal generation structure 202 is used to generate N channels based on the received The N channels of the first electrical signals generate one channel of the second optical signal, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal; the broadcast structure 203 is used to broadcast the second optical signal to the M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信,光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置,因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In the embodiment of this application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver, thus reducing the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver.
参考前述系统实施例的第一种建立方式,不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置103建立。在该第一种建立方式中,N个发射机101处并未将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此可以视为该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同,或者,该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号与电物理资源不相关。Referring to the first establishment manner of the foregoing system embodiment, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device 103 . In this first setup, the N transmitters 101 do not associate raw data with different electrical physical resources. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are not related to the electrical physical resources.
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种光信号交换装置20的结构示意图。该转换结构201,包括:N个光电转换模块2011,N个资源调制模块2012,该N个光电转换模块2011分别与N个发射机一一对应,该N个资源调制模块2012分别与该N个光电转换模块2011一一对应。该N个光电转换模块2011用于将对应的发射机发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块2012。该N个资源调制模块2012用于将接收的该第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构202,其中,不同的资源调制模块2012产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。该光电转换模块2011的功能可以参考图4中的光电转换模块1031的功能;资源调制模块2012的功能可以参考图4中的资源调制模块1032的功能。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another optical signal switching device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The conversion structure 201 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 2011, N resource modulation modules 2012, the N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 respectively correspond to the N transmitters one-to-one, and the N resource modulation modules 2012 are respectively associated with the N transmitters The photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are in one-to-one correspondence. The N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module 2012 . The N resource modulation modules 2012 are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto the corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure 202, wherein different resource modulation modules The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signal generated in 2012 are different. The function of the photoelectric conversion module 2011 may refer to the function of the photoelectric conversion module 1031 in FIG. 4 ; the function of the resource modulation module 2012 may refer to the function of the resource modulation module 1032 in FIG. 4 .
参考前述系统实施例的第二种建立方式,不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机101处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联,如此该N个发射机101发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同,而光信号交换装置103处无需再建立来自不同发射机101的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种光信号交换装置20的结构示意图。该转换结构201,包括:N个光电转换模块2011,该N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应;该N个光电转换模块2011,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至该光信号生成结构202。Referring to the second establishment manner of the foregoing system embodiment, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter. In the second setup method, the N transmitters 101 associate the original data with different electrical physical resources, so the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters 101 are different, and the optical signals At the switching device 103, there is no need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters 101 and different electrical physical resources. FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another optical signal switching device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The conversion structure 201 includes: N photoelectric conversion modules 2011, the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters; the N photoelectric conversion modules 2011 are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first optical signal. An electrical signal is transmitted, and the first electrical signal is transmitted to the optical signal generating structure 202 .
在一种可选示例中,该光信号生成结构202包括:电耦合器和光调制器;该电耦合器,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号;该光调制器,用于基于该至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到该第二光信号。该光信号生成结构202的结构参考图11所示的光信号生成结构1033的结构。可选地,该光电转换模块2011,包括:光探测器和放大器;该光探测器用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将该第三电信号传输至该放大器;该放大器用于将该第三电信号放大得到该第一电信号。该光电转换模块2011的结构可以参考图12所示的光电转换模块1031。示例地,该光探测器为光电二极管探测器或雪崩光电二极管探测器;和/或,该放大器为TIA。In an optional example, the optical signal generating structure 202 includes: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator; the electrical coupler is used to couple the N circuits of first electrical signals received into at least one second electrical signal; the optical The modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one channel of the second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal. For the structure of the optical signal generation structure 202, refer to the structure of the optical signal generation structure 1033 shown in FIG. 11 . Optionally, the photoelectric conversion module 2011 includes: a photodetector and an amplifier; the photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier; the The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal. The structure of the photoelectric conversion module 2011 may refer to the photoelectric conversion module 1031 shown in FIG. 12 . Illustratively, the light detector is a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector; and/or the amplifier is a TIA.
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程图,该通信方法可以应用于如图1、图2图3、图5、图6、图8、图9或图10所示的通信系统。该方法包括:FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the communication method may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 , FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , or FIG. 10 . The method includes:
S301、N个发射机中每个发射机向光信号交换装置发送一路第一光信号,该N为大于1的正整数。S301. Each of the N transmitters sends a first optical signal to the optical signal switching apparatus, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
S302、光信号交换装置将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,将该第二光信号广播发送至该M个接收机,该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该第一光信号携带的原始数据相同,该M为大于1的正整数。S302. The optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generates a channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and generates the second optical signal from the N channels of first electrical signals. The broadcast is sent to the M receivers, the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 1.
S303、M个接收机中每个接收机接收该光信号交换装置发送的第二光信号,并解调该第二光信号。S303. Each of the M receivers receives the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulates the second optical signal.
本申请实施例中,第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源。相应的,前述解调该第二光信号的过程可以,包括:该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the original data from different transmitters in the original data carried by the second optical signal correspond to different electrical physical resources. Correspondingly, the foregoing process of demodulating the second optical signal may include: each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
其中,前述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源可以通过建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系来实现。该关联关系的建立过程可以由光信号交换装置执行,也可以由N个发射机执行,本申请实施例以以下两种实现方式为例进行说明。Wherein, in the raw data carried by the aforementioned second optical signal, the raw data from different transmitters corresponding to different electrical physical resources can be realized by establishing an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources. The process of establishing the association relationship may be performed by an optical signal switching device, or may be performed by N transmitters. The following two implementation manners are used as examples for description in this embodiment of the present application.
第一种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置建立。在该第一种建立方式中,N个发射机处并未将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此可以视为该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同,或者,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号与电物理资源不相关。In the first establishment manner, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device. In this first setup, the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to the electrical physical resources.
则前述S302中,光信号交换装置将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号的过程,包括:对于该N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号,将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号;不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。相应的执行过程可以参考前述图4对应过程。Then in the aforementioned S302, the process of converting the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into the N channels of first electrical signals by the optical signal switching device includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals; The electrical signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different. For the corresponding execution process, reference may be made to the foregoing corresponding process in FIG. 4 .
在该第一种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为射频载波,该第一电信号为模拟信号。前述S302中,将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置对该第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,该N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交。相应的,前述S303中,每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程包括前述步骤A1至A3或者前述步骤B1至B3。In a first example of the first establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. In the aforementioned S302, the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device uses the corresponding radio frequency carrier to carry out the carrier wave on the first electrical signal. Modulation is performed to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal. Correspondingly, in the aforementioned S303, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, each receiver acquires the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including the aforementioned steps A1 to A3 or the aforementioned steps B1 to B3.
在该第一种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为扩频码,该第一电信号为模拟信号。该前述S302中,将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号的过程,包括:该光信号交换装置对该第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,该N个调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个该扩频码正交。相应的,前述S303中,该每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:前述步骤C1至C3,或者前述步骤D1至D3。In a second example of the first establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, and the first electrical signal is an analog signal. In the aforementioned S302, the process of modulating the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain the modulated first electrical signal includes: the optical signal switching device uses a corresponding spreading code for the first electrical signal Spread spectrum modulation is performed to obtain modulated first electrical signals, and any two of the spread spectrum codes corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are orthogonal. Correspondingly, in the aforementioned S303, the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal for each receiver includes: the aforementioned steps C1 to C3, or The aforementioned steps D1 to D3.
在前述第一种建立方式中,均以光信号交换装置在模拟域建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系为例进行说明。实际实现时,光信号交换装置也可以在数字域建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。具体过程可以参考前述系统实施例中第一种实现方式中数字域的处理过程,本申请实施例对此不做赘述。In the foregoing first establishing manner, the description is given by taking the optical signal switching device establishing the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources in the analog domain as an example. In actual implementation, the optical signal switching device can also establish the association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources in the digital domain. For the specific process, reference may be made to the processing process of the digital domain in the first implementation manner in the foregoing system embodiment, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
第二种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联,如此该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同,而光信号交换装置处无需再建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。In the second way of establishing, the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter. In the second setup method, the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between raw data from different transmitters and different electro-physical resources.
在该第二种建立方式的第一种示例中,该电物理资源为子载波,该原始数据为数字信号,则在S301之前,该每个发射机还可以将该数字信号映射在与该发射机对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号,该N个发射机中不同发射机对应的子载波不同,且任意两个该子载波正交。相应的,前述S303中,每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:前述步骤A1至A3或者前述步骤B1至B3。In the first example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a sub-carrier, and the original data is a digital signal, then before S301, each transmitter may also map the digital signal with the transmission After the sub-carrier corresponding to the transmitter, the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier, the sub-carriers corresponding to different transmitters in the N transmitters are different, and any two of the sub-carriers are different. The carriers are orthogonal. Correspondingly, in the aforementioned S303, the process of acquiring the raw data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the raw data carried by the second optical signal for each receiver includes: the aforementioned steps A1 to A3 or the aforementioned steps B1 to B3.
在该第二种建立方式的第二种示例中,该电物理资源为扩频码,该原始数据为数字信号,则在S301之前,该每个发射机还可以采用与该发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号,基于该扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成该第一光信号,该N个发射机对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个该扩频码正交。相应的,前述S303中,每个接收机在该第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取该接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据的过程,包括:前述步骤C1至C3,或者前述步骤D1至D3。In the second example of the second establishment manner, the electrical physical resource is a spread spectrum code, and the original data is a digital signal, then before S301, each transmitter can also use the spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter. The frequency code encodes the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal, and generates the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. The spread spectrum codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two of the spread spectrum codes Orthogonal. Correspondingly, in the aforementioned S303, the process for each receiver to obtain the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver in the original data carried by the second optical signal includes: the aforementioned steps C1 to C3, or the aforementioned steps C1 to C3. Steps D1 to D3.
在前述第二种建立方式中,均以不同发射机在数字域建立原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系为例进行说明。实际实现时,不同发射机也可以在模拟域建立原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系。具体过程可以参考前述系统实施例中第一种实现方式中模拟域的处理过程,本申请实施例对此不做赘述。In the foregoing second establishing manner, the description is given by taking as an example that different transmitters establish the association relationship between original data and different electrical physical resources in the digital domain. In actual implementation, different transmitters can also establish the relationship between raw data and different electrical physical resources in the analog domain. For the specific process, reference may be made to the processing process of the analog domain in the first implementation manner in the foregoing system embodiment, which is not described repeatedly in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信,光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置,因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In the embodiment of this application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver, thus reducing the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的通信方法步骤的先后顺序可以进行适当调整,步骤也可以根据情况进行相应增减,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化的方法,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内,因此不再赘述。It should be noted that, the sequence of steps of the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be appropriately adjusted, and the steps can also be increased or decreased according to the situation. Changes that can easily be thought of should be covered by the protection scope of the present application, and therefore will not be repeated here.
图17是本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的流程示意图。该通信方法可以应用于如图14或图15所示的光信号交换装置。该通信方法包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This communication method can be applied to the optical signal switching apparatus shown in FIG. 14 or FIG. 15 . The communication method includes:
S401、将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,该N为大于1的正整数。S401. Convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
第一种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由光信号交换装置建立。在该第一种建立方式中,N个发射机处并未将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联。如此可以视为该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同,或者,该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号与电物理资源不相关。则前述将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号的过程,包括:对于该N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号,将该第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号;不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。In the first establishment manner, the association relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the optical signal switching device. In this first setup, the raw data is not associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters. In this way, it can be considered that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same, or the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are not related to the electrical physical resources. Then the aforementioned process of converting the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into the N channels of first electrical signals includes: for each channel of the first electrical signals in the N channels of first electrical signals, converting the first electrical signals to the N channels of first electrical signals. The signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resources to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; the electrical physical resources corresponding to different modulated first electrical signals are different.
第二种建立方式,不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系由发射机建立。在该第二种建立方式中,N个发射机处将原始数据与不同电物理资源关联,如此该N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同,而光信号交换装置处无需再建立来自不同发射机的原始数据与不同电物理资源的关联关系,直接将该N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号。In the second way of establishing, the relationship between the original data of different transmitters and different electrical physical resources is established by the transmitter. In the second setup method, the original data are associated with different electrical physical resources at the N transmitters, so that the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different, and the optical signal switching device There is no need to establish an association relationship between the original data from different transmitters and different electrical physical resources, and the N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters are directly converted into N channels of first electrical signals.
S402、基于该N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,该第二光信号携带的原始数据和该 第一光信号携带的原始数据相同。S402. Generate a second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal.
S403、将该第二电信号转换为第二光信号。S403. Convert the second electrical signal into a second optical signal.
S404、将该第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机,该M均为大于1的正整数。S404. Broadcast and send the second optical signal to M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
本申请实施例中,N个发射机和M个接收机通过光信号交换装置进行通信,光信号交换装置用于将发射机发送的第一光信号处理成一路第二光信号后,广播给M个接收机。如此,发射机和接收机之间的数据传输仅需要一跳光信号交换装置,因此降低了发射机和接收机之间的通信时延。In the embodiment of this application, N transmitters and M receivers communicate through an optical signal switching device, and the optical signal switching device is used to process the first optical signal sent by the transmitter into a second optical signal, and then broadcast it to M receiver. In this way, only one hop of the optical signal switching device is required for data transmission between the transmitter and the receiver, thus reducing the communication delay between the transmitter and the receiver.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述图16和图17描述的通信方法的具体步骤以及效果,可以参考前述通信系统实施例中的对应过程以及效果,在此不再赘述。本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,所述的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。在本申请中,术语“第一”和“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。术语“大于1的正整数”指的是至少两个。术语“多个”指两个或两个以上,除非另有明确的限定。“A参考B”,指的是A与B相同,或者A在B的基础上进行简单变形。本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。以上所述仅为本申请的可选实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific steps and effects of the communication methods described in Figure 16 and Figure 17 can refer to the corresponding processes and effects in the foregoing communication system embodiments, here No longer. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above embodiments can be completed by hardware, or can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The storage medium mentioned may be a read-only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, etc. In this application, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and should not be construed to indicate or imply relative importance. The term "positive integer greater than 1" refers to at least two. The term "plurality" refers to two or more, unless expressly limited otherwise. "A refers to B" means that A is the same as B, or that A is simply deformed on the basis of B. The term "and/or" in this application is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, independently There are three cases of B. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship. The above descriptions are only optional embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the present application shall be included in the protection of the present application. within the range.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises:
    N个发射机,M个接收机和光信号交换装置,所述N和所述M均为大于1的正整数;N transmitters, M receivers and optical signal switching devices, and both the N and the M are positive integers greater than 1;
    所述N个发射机中每个发射机用于向所述光信号交换装置发送一路第一光信号;Each of the N transmitters is configured to send a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device;
    所述光信号交换装置用于将所述N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于所述N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,将所述第二光信号广播发送至所述M个接收机,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据和所述N路第一光信号携带的原始数据相同;The optical signal switching device is configured to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generate a channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and convert all channels of first optical signals into N channels of first electrical signals. The second optical signal is broadcast and sent to the M receivers, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the N first optical signals;
    所述M个接收机中每个接收机用于接收所述光信号交换装置发送的第二光信号,并解调所述第二光信号。Each of the M receivers is configured to receive a second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulate the second optical signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源,所述每个接收机用于在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。The communication system according to claim 1, wherein, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, original data from different transmitters correspond to different electrical physical resources, and each receiver is used for Among the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver is obtained.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同;所述光信号交换装置,包括:The communication system according to claim 2, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same; the optical signal switching device comprises:
    N个光电转换模块,N个资源调制模块,光信号生成结构以及广播结构,所述N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应,所述N个资源调制模块分别与所述N个光电转换模块一一对应;N photoelectric conversion modules, N resource modulation modules, optical signal generation structure and broadcast structure, the N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with N transmitters, and the N resource modulation modules are respectively associated with the N One-to-one correspondence between photoelectric conversion modules;
    所述N个光电转换模块用于将对应的发射机发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将所述第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块;The N photoelectric conversion modules are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module;
    所述N个资源调制模块用于将接收的所述第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至所述光信号生成结构,其中,不同的资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同;The N resource modulation modules are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto a corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure, wherein different resources modulate The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signal generated by the module are different;
    所述光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号;The optical signal generating structure is configured to generate one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received;
    所述广播结构,用于将所述第二光信号广播发送至所述M个接收机。The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为射频载波,所述第一电信号为模拟信号,所述N个资源调制模块,用于对接收的所述第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,所述N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交;The communication system according to claim 3, wherein the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the N resource modulation modules are used for the received first electrical signal. The electrical signal is modulated by a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机还用于将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,获取转换得到的数字信号中所述接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。Each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in the converted digital signal .
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为扩频码,所述第一电信号为模拟信号,所述N个资源调制模块,用于对接收的所述第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,所述N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个所述扩频码正交;The communication system according to claim 3, wherein the electrical physical resource is a spread spectrum code, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the N resource modulation modules are used to An electrical signal is spread-spectrum modulated by using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal. Any two of the spread-spectrum codes corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules are positive pay;
    所述每个接收机还用于将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用所述接收机对应的扩频码解码所述数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。Each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to obtain the decoded signal. Digital signal.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同;所述光信号交换装置,包括:N个光电转换模块,光信号生成 结构以及广播结构,所述N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应;The communication system according to claim 2, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different; the optical signal switching device comprises: N photoelectric conversion modules, an optical signal generation structure and a broadcast structure, the N photoelectric conversion modules correspond to the N transmitters one-to-one respectively;
    所述N个光电转换模块,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将所述第一电信号传输至所述光信号生成结构;The N photoelectric conversion modules are used to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure;
    所述光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号;The optical signal generating structure is configured to generate one second optical signal based on the N first electrical signals received;
    所述广播结构,用于将所述第二光信号广播发送至所述M个接收机。The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to the M receivers.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为子载波,所述原始数据为数字信号,所述每个发射机还用于将所述数字信号映射在与所述发射机对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成所述第一光信号,所述N个发射机中不同发射机对应的子载波不同,且任意两个所述子载波正交;The communication system according to claim 6, wherein the electrical physical resource is a subcarrier, the original data is a digital signal, and each transmitter is further configured to map the digital signal to the After the sub-carrier corresponding to the transmitter is placed, the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the sub-carrier. The sub-carriers corresponding to different transmitters in the N transmitters are different, and any two of the transmitters have different sub-carriers. the subcarriers are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机还用于将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,获取转换得到的数字信号中所述接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。Each receiver is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtain a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in the converted digital signal .
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为扩频码,所述原始数据为数字信号,所述每个发射机还用于采用与所述发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号,基于所述扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成所述第一光信号,所述N个发射机对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个所述扩频码正交;The communication system according to claim 6, wherein the electrical physical resource is a spread spectrum code, the original data is a digital signal, and each transmitter is further configured to use a spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter. The frequency code encodes the digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal, and generates the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal. The spread spectrum codes corresponding to the N transmitters are different, and any two transmitters have different spread codes. The spreading codes are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机还用于将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用所述接收机对应的扩频码解码转换得到的数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。Each of the receivers is further configured to convert the second optical signal into an analog signal, convert the analog signal into a digital signal, and decode the converted digital signal by using the spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver. digital signal.
  9. 根据权利要求3至8任一所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述光信号生成结构包括:电耦合器和光调制器;The communication system according to any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein the optical signal generating structure comprises: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator;
    所述电耦合器,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号;The electrical coupler is used to couple the N circuits of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals;
    所述光调制器,用于基于所述至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到所述第二光信号。The optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  10. 根据权利要求3至9任一所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述光电转换模块,包括:光探测器和放大器;The communication system according to any one of claims 3 to 9, wherein the photoelectric conversion module comprises: a photodetector and an amplifier;
    所述光探测器用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将所述第三电信号传输至所述放大器;The photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier;
    所述放大器用于将所述第三电信号放大得到所述第一电信号。The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10任一所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统为车载通信系统、数据中心系统、物联网系统或工业互联系统。The communication system according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the communication system is an in-vehicle communication system, a data center system, an Internet of Things system or an industrial interconnection system.
  12. 一种光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述光信号交换装置包括:转换结构、光信号生成结构和广播结构;An optical signal switching device, characterized in that the optical signal switching device comprises: a conversion structure, an optical signal generation structure and a broadcast structure;
    所述转换结构,用于将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,所述N为大于1的正整数;The conversion structure is used to convert N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1;
    所述光信号生成结构,用于基于接收的N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据和所述第一光信号携带的原始数据相同;The optical signal generation structure is configured to generate a second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals received, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal;
    所述广播结构,用于将所述第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机,所述M均为大于1的正整数。The broadcasting structure is used for broadcasting the second optical signal to M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同;所述转换结构,包括:The optical signal switching device according to claim 12, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same; the conversion structure comprises:
    N个光电转换模块,N个资源调制模块,所述N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应,所述N个资源调制模块分别与所述N个光电转换模块一一对应;N photoelectric conversion modules, N resource modulation modules, the N photoelectric conversion modules are in a one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters, and the N resource modulation modules are in a one-to-one correspondence with the N photoelectric conversion modules;
    所述N个光电转换模块用于将对应的发射机发送的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将所述第一电信号传输至对应的资源调制模块;The N photoelectric conversion modules are configured to convert the first optical signal sent by the corresponding transmitter into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the corresponding resource modulation module;
    所述N个资源调制模块用于将接收的所述第一电信号调制到对应的电物理资源上,并将调制后第一电信号传输至所述光信号生成结构,其中,不同的资源调制模块产生的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。The N resource modulation modules are configured to modulate the received first electrical signal onto a corresponding electrical physical resource, and transmit the modulated first electrical signal to the optical signal generation structure, wherein different resources modulate The electrical physical resources corresponding to the modulated first electrical signals generated by the modules are different.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源不同;所述转换结构,包括:N个光电转换模块,所述N个光电转换模块分别与N个发射机一一对应;The optical signal switching device according to claim 12, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are different; the conversion structure comprises: N photoelectric conversion modules, The N photoelectric conversion modules are in one-to-one correspondence with the N transmitters;
    所述N个光电转换模块,用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将所述第一电信号传输至所述光信号生成结构。The N photoelectric conversion modules are configured to convert the received first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmit the first electrical signal to the optical signal generating structure.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述光信号生成结构包括:电耦合器和光调制器;The optical signal switching device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the optical signal generating structure comprises: an electrical coupler and an optical modulator;
    所述电耦合器,用于将接收的N路第一电信号耦合为至少一路第二电信号;The electrical coupler is used to couple the N channels of first electrical signals received into at least one channel of second electrical signals;
    所述光调制器,用于基于所述至少一路第二电信号进行调制,得到所述第二光信号。The optical modulator is configured to perform modulation based on the at least one second electrical signal to obtain the second optical signal.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15任一所述的光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述光电转换模块,包括:光探测器和放大器;The optical signal exchange device according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the photoelectric conversion module comprises: a photodetector and an amplifier;
    所述光探测器用于将接收的第一光信号转换为第三电信号,并将所述第三电信号传输至所述放大器;The photodetector is used to convert the received first optical signal into a third electrical signal, and transmit the third electrical signal to the amplifier;
    所述放大器用于将所述第三电信号放大得到所述第一电信号。The amplifier is used for amplifying the third electrical signal to obtain the first electrical signal.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的光信号交换装置,其特征在于,所述光探测器为光电二极管探测器或雪崩光电二极管探测器;和/或,所述放大器为TIA。The optical signal exchange device according to claim 16, wherein the light detector is a photodiode detector or an avalanche photodiode detector; and/or the amplifier is a TIA.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    N个发射机中每个发射机向光信号交换装置发送一路第一光信号,所述N为大于1的正整数;Each of the N transmitters sends a first optical signal to the optical signal switching device, where N is a positive integer greater than 1;
    所述光信号交换装置将所述N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,基于所述N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,将所述第二光信号广播发送至所述M个接收机,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据和所述第一光信号携带的原始数据相同,所述M为大于1的正整数;The optical signal switching device converts N channels of first optical signals sent by the N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, generates a channel of second optical signals based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and converts the first channel of first optical signals into N channels of first electrical signals. Two optical signals are broadcast and sent to the M receivers, the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 1;
    所述M个接收机中每个接收机接收所述光信号交换装置发送的第二光信号,并解调所述第二光信号。Each of the M receivers receives the second optical signal sent by the optical signal switching device, and demodulates the second optical signal.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中来自不同发射机的原始数据对应不同的电物理资源;The communication method according to claim 18, wherein, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, original data from different transmitters correspond to different electrical physical resources;
    所述解调所述第二光信号,包括:The demodulating the second optical signal includes:
    所述每个接收机在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据。Each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发射的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同;所述光信号交换装置将所述N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,包括:The communication method according to claim 19, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals transmitted by the N transmitters are the same; The conversion of N channels of first optical signals into N channels of first electrical signals includes:
    对于所述N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号,将所述第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号;不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。For each first electrical signal in the N first electrical signals, modulate the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; different modulated first electrical signals The electrical physical resources corresponding to electrical signals are different.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为射频载波,所述第一电信号为模拟信号,所述将所述第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号,包括:The communication method according to claim 20, wherein the electrical physical resource is a radio frequency carrier, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the first electrical signal is modulated on the corresponding electrical physical resource , the modulated first electrical signal is obtained, including:
    所述光信号交换装置对所述第一电信号采用对应的射频载波进行载波调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,所述N个资源调制模块产生的调制后的任意两个第一电信号正交;The optical signal exchange device performs carrier modulation on the first electrical signal using a corresponding radio frequency carrier to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two modulated first electrical signals generated by the N resource modulation modules orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据,包括:The each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including:
    所述每个接收机将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,获取转换得到的数字信号中所述接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, converts the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtains a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in the converted digital signal.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为扩频码,所述第一电信号为模拟信号,所述将所述第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号,包括:The communication method according to claim 20, wherein the electrical physical resource is a spread spectrum code, the first electrical signal is an analog signal, and the first electrical signal is modulated on a corresponding electrical physical resource , the modulated first electrical signal is obtained, including:
    所述光信号交换装置对所述第一电信号采用对应的扩频码进行扩频调制,得到调制后的第一电信号,所述N个调制后的第一电信号对应的任意两个所述扩频码正交;The optical signal exchange device performs spread spectrum modulation on the first electrical signal by using a corresponding spreading code to obtain a modulated first electrical signal, and any two corresponding to the N modulated first electrical signals are The spreading codes are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据,包括:The each receiver obtains, in the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including:
    所述每个接收机将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用所述接收机对应的扩频码解码转换得到的数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, converts the analog signal into a digital signal, and uses a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to decode the converted digital signal to obtain a decoded digital signal .
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为子载波,所述原始数据为数字信号,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 19, wherein the electrical physical resource is a subcarrier, and the original data is a digital signal, and the method further comprises:
    所述每个发射机将所述数字信号映射在与所述发射机对应的子载波上之后,基于映射在子载波上的数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成所述第一光信号,所述N个发射机中不同发射机对应的子载波不同,且任意两个所述子载波正交;After each transmitter maps the digital signal on the subcarrier corresponding to the transmitter, the first optical signal is generated based on the analog signal converted from the digital signal mapped on the subcarrier, and the N Subcarriers corresponding to different transmitters in the transmitters are different, and any two of the subcarriers are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据,包括:The each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including:
    所述每个接收机将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,获取转换得到的数字信号中所述接收机对应的子载波上的数字信号。Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, converts the analog signal into a digital signal, and obtains a digital signal on a subcarrier corresponding to the receiver in the converted digital signal.
  24. 根据权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述电物理资源为扩频码,所述原始数据为数字信号,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 19, wherein the electrical physical resource is a spreading code, the original data is a digital signal, and the method further comprises:
    所述每个发射机采用与所述发射机对应的扩频码将数字信号编码为扩频数字信号,基于所述扩频数字信号转换成的模拟信号生成所述第一光信号,所述N个发射机对应的扩频码不同,且任意两个所述扩频码正交;Each transmitter encodes a digital signal into a spread spectrum digital signal using a spread spectrum code corresponding to the transmitter, generates the first optical signal based on the analog signal converted from the spread spectrum digital signal, and the N The spread spectrum codes corresponding to the two transmitters are different, and any two of the spread spectrum codes are orthogonal;
    所述每个接收机在所述第二光信号携带的原始数据中,获取所述接收机对应的电物理资源所对应的原始数据,包括:The each receiver obtains, from the original data carried by the second optical signal, the original data corresponding to the electrical physical resource corresponding to the receiver, including:
    所述每个接收机将所述第二光信号转换为模拟信号,将所述模拟信号转换为数字信号,采用所述接收机对应的扩频码解码转换得到的数字信号得到解码后的数字信号。Each receiver converts the second optical signal into an analog signal, converts the analog signal into a digital signal, and uses a spread spectrum code corresponding to the receiver to decode the converted digital signal to obtain a decoded digital signal .
  25. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the communication method comprises:
    将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,所述N为大于1的正整数;Converting N channels of first optical signals sent by N transmitters into N channels of first electrical signals, where N is a positive integer greater than 1;
    基于所述N路第一电信号生成一路第二光信号,所述第二光信号携带的原始数据和所述 第一光信号携带的原始数据相同;generating a second optical signal based on the N channels of first electrical signals, and the original data carried by the second optical signal is the same as the original data carried by the first optical signal;
    将所述第二电信号转换为第二光信号;converting the second electrical signal into a second optical signal;
    将所述第二光信号广播发送至M个接收机,所述M均为大于1的正整数。The second optical signal is broadcast and sent to M receivers, where M is a positive integer greater than 1.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述N个发射机发送的N个第一光信号对应的电物理资源相同;所述将N个发射机发送的N路第一光信号转换为N路第一电信号,包括:The communication method according to claim 25, wherein the electrical physical resources corresponding to the N first optical signals sent by the N transmitters are the same; the N first optical signals sent by the N transmitters have the same electrical physical resources; Converted to N first electrical signals, including:
    对于所述N路第一电信号中的每路第一电信号,将所述第一电信号调制在对应的电物理资源上,得到调制后的第一电信号;不同的调制后的第一电信号对应的电物理资源不同。For each first electrical signal in the N first electrical signals, modulate the first electrical signal on the corresponding electrical physical resource to obtain a modulated first electrical signal; different modulated first electrical signals The electrical physical resources corresponding to electrical signals are different.
PCT/CN2022/074692 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 Communication method, optical signal switching apparatus, and communication system WO2022171010A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110185283.1A CN114915867A (en) 2021-02-10 2021-02-10 Communication method, optical signal switching device, and communication system
CN202110185283.1 2021-02-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022171010A1 true WO2022171010A1 (en) 2022-08-18

Family

ID=82761198

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/074692 WO2022171010A1 (en) 2021-02-10 2022-01-28 Communication method, optical signal switching apparatus, and communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114915867A (en)
WO (1) WO2022171010A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103797737A (en) * 2011-06-20 2014-05-14 普莱克希公司 Optical architecture and channel plan employing multi-fiber configurations for data center network switching
CN104185094A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-03 华为技术有限公司 Method of transmitting data, device and system
CN107769856A (en) * 2016-08-22 2018-03-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of optical signal sends system, reception system and method and communication system
CN110336608A (en) * 2019-06-28 2019-10-15 清华大学 Photoelectricity mixing monochromatic network broadcast method and system
CN110463090A (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-11-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of optical sender, photoreceiver and optical transmission method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103797737A (en) * 2011-06-20 2014-05-14 普莱克希公司 Optical architecture and channel plan employing multi-fiber configurations for data center network switching
CN104185094A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-03 华为技术有限公司 Method of transmitting data, device and system
CN107769856A (en) * 2016-08-22 2018-03-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of optical signal sends system, reception system and method and communication system
CN110463090A (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-11-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of optical sender, photoreceiver and optical transmission method
CN110336608A (en) * 2019-06-28 2019-10-15 清华大学 Photoelectricity mixing monochromatic network broadcast method and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114915867A (en) 2022-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11082131B2 (en) Optical signal transmission system and optical signal transmission method
CN101771471B (en) Method, device and system for multicarrier polarization multiplex transmission
CN101715249B (en) Optical-fiber wireless system for full-duplex communication
CN113765589B (en) Terahertz wireless optical fiber expansion device and real-time transmission system thereof
CN102761373A (en) High-speed high-capacity passive optical network system and method for realizing coherent reception
CN103414516B (en) Based on two-way wire/wireless mixed light cut-in method and the system of same/heterodyne detection
US20120121264A1 (en) Apparatus and method for transmitting light, and apparatus and method for receiving light
CN111416662B (en) Signal generation and transmission method based on polarization multiplexing double MZM modulator
CN110138454B (en) Polarization duobinary optical access system fusing optical fiber and free space transmission
CN111313976A (en) Pulse amplitude modulation signal heterodyne coherent PON system and transceiving method
WO2022171010A1 (en) Communication method, optical signal switching apparatus, and communication system
Hu et al. Optical communications and modulation techniques in 5G
US10651947B2 (en) Coherent detection with remotely delivered local oscillators
CN108631881B (en) Coherent light device
WO2022171012A1 (en) Optical coupler, communication method and communication system
Matsuda et al. Multi-aperture transmission and DSP techniques for beyond-10 Tb/s FSO networks
Bekkali et al. First demonstration of seamless optical and radio transmission with plural W-band wireless sections
CN109891779B (en) Optical signal modulation method and coherent optical transceiver
US20230079971A1 (en) Bidirectional coherent optical transceiver with self-optimization and communication method thereof
Kanno et al. Seamless W-Band radio-to-optical signal conversion with direct IQ down-converter
Kun et al. Ultra-Wideband RoF System and Its Key Technologies
Abed et al. Transmission Performance of P2MP Optical Networks Incorporating Digital MSC Direct-Detection Scheme
Yu et al. Ultra-Large-Capacity Terahertz Signal Wireless Transmission System
CN118631349A (en) Coherent access system compatible with multi-level ONU and hybrid transceiver and optical communication method
CN118199737A (en) Signal processing method, system, equipment and medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22752171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22752171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1